v3, file/build organization

91 files changed, 18204 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..232d07f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/adler32.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_adler32
+ * Public header for Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+#define AVUTIL_ADLER32_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_adler32 Adler-32
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * Adler-32 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVAdler;
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the Adler32 checksum of a buffer.
+ *
+ * Passing the return value to a subsequent av_adler32_update() call
+ * allows the checksum of multiple buffers to be calculated as though
+ * they were concatenated.
+ *
+ * @param adler initial checksum value
+ * @param buf   pointer to input buffer
+ * @param len   size of input buffer
+ * @return      updated checksum
+ */
+AVAdler av_adler32_update(AVAdler adler, const uint8_t *buf,
+                          size_t len) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ADLER32_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e73473
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes AES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_aes_size;
+
+struct AVAES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAES context.
+ */
+struct AVAES *av_aes_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAES context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAES context
+ * @param key Pointer to the key
+ * @param key_bits 128, 192 or 256
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+int av_aes_init(struct AVAES *a, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAES context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_aes_crypt(struct AVAES *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d98c071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/aes_ctr.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * AES-CTR cipher
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Eran Kornblau <erankor at gmail dot com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+#define AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_aes_ctr AES-CTR
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#define AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE (16)
+#define AES_CTR_IV_SIZE (8)
+
+struct AVAESCTR;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAESCTR context.
+ */
+struct AVAESCTR *av_aes_ctr_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVAESCTR context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAESCTR context to initialize
+ * @param key encryption key, must have a length of AES_CTR_KEY_SIZE
+ */
+int av_aes_ctr_init(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t *key);
+
+/**
+ * Release an AVAESCTR context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAESCTR context
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_free(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Process a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param a The AVAESCTR context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param size the size of src and dst
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_crypt(struct AVAESCTR *a, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current iv
+ */
+const uint8_t* av_aes_ctr_get_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a random iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_random_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the 8-byte iv
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Forcefully change the "full" 16-byte iv, including the counter
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_set_full_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a, const uint8_t* iv);
+
+/**
+ * Increment the top 64 bit of the iv (performed after each frame)
+ */
+void av_aes_ctr_increment_iv(struct AVAESCTR *a);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AES_CTR_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04c615c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/attributes.h
@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y))
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y))
+#else
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x,y) 0
+#    define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x,y)  0
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __has_builtin
+#    define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x)
+#else
+#    define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_always_inline
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define av_always_inline __forceinline
+#else
+#    define av_always_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_extern_inline
+#if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__)
+#    define av_extern_inline extern inline
+#else
+#    define av_extern_inline inline
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,4)
+#    define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result))
+#else
+#    define av_warn_unused_result
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define av_noinline __declspec(noinline)
+#else
+#    define av_noinline
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_pure __attribute__((pure))
+#else
+#    define av_pure
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,6) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_const __attribute__((const))
+#else
+#    define av_const
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_cold __attribute__((cold))
+#else
+#    define av_cold
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,1) && !defined(__llvm__)
+#    define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten))
+#else
+#    define av_flatten
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+#    define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated))
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated)
+#else
+#    define attribute_deprecated
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Disable warnings about deprecated features
+ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and
+ * scheduled for removal.
+ */
+#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,6) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \
+        code \
+        _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop")
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \
+        __pragma(warning(push)) \
+        __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) \
+        code; \
+        __pragma(warning(pop))
+#else
+#    define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_unused __attribute__((unused))
+#else
+#    define av_unused
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it
+ * away.  This is useful for variables accessed only from inline
+ * assembler without the compiler being aware.
+ */
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_used __attribute__((used))
+#else
+#    define av_used
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,3) || defined(__clang__)
+#   define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias))
+#else
+#   define av_alias
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#    define av_uninit(x) x=x
+#else
+#    define av_uninit(x) x
+#endif
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos)))
+#else
+#    define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0
+#    define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2,5) || defined(__clang__)
+#    define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn))
+#else
+#    define av_noreturn
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1e4c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/audio_fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
+/*
+ * Audio FIFO
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Justin Ruggles <justin.ruggles@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Audio FIFO Buffer
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audiofifo Audio FIFO Buffer
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Context for an Audio FIFO Buffer.
+ *
+ * - Operates at the sample level rather than the byte level.
+ * - Supports multiple channels with either planar or packed sample format.
+ * - Automatic reallocation when writing to a full buffer.
+ */
+typedef struct AVAudioFifo AVAudioFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af  AVAudioFifo to free
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_free(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt  sample format
+ * @param channels    number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples  initial allocation size, in samples
+ * @return            newly allocated AVAudioFifo, or NULL on error
+ */
+AVAudioFifo *av_audio_fifo_alloc(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int channels,
+                                 int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to reallocate
+ * @param nb_samples  new allocation size, in samples
+ * @return            0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_audio_fifo_realloc(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Write data to an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * The AVAudioFifo will be reallocated automatically if the available space
+ * is less than nb_samples.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to write to
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to write
+ * @return            number of samples actually written, or negative AVERROR
+ *                    code on failure. If successful, the number of samples
+ *                    actually written will always be nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_write(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to peek
+ * @return            number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ *                    on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ *                    be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ *                    nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Peek data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to peek
+ * @param offset      offset from current read position
+ * @return            number of samples actually peek, or negative AVERROR code
+ *                    on failure. The number of samples actually peek will not
+ *                    be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ *                    nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_peek_at(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples, int offset);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to read from
+ * @param data        audio data plane pointers
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to read
+ * @return            number of samples actually read, or negative AVERROR code
+ *                    on failure. The number of samples actually read will not
+ *                    be greater than nb_samples, and will only be less than
+ *                    nb_samples if av_audio_fifo_size is less than nb_samples.
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_read(AVAudioFifo *af, void **data, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Drain data from an AVAudioFifo.
+ *
+ * Removes the data without reading it.
+ *
+ * @param af          AVAudioFifo to drain
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to drain
+ * @return            0 if OK, or negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_drain(AVAudioFifo *af, int nb_samples);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVAudioFifo buffer.
+ *
+ * This empties all data in the buffer.
+ *
+ * @param af  AVAudioFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_audio_fifo_reset(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for reading.
+ *
+ * @param af  the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return    number of samples available for reading
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_size(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current number of samples in the AVAudioFifo available for writing.
+ *
+ * @param af  the AVAudioFifo to query
+ * @return    number of samples available for writing
+ */
+int av_audio_fifo_space(AVAudioFifo *af);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AUDIO_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..51e462b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avassert.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2010 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple assert() macros that are a bit more flexible than ISO C assert().
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "log.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that is always enabled.
+ */
+#define av_assert0(cond) do {                                           \
+    if (!(cond)) {                                                      \
+        av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_PANIC, "Assertion %s failed at %s:%d\n",    \
+               AV_STRINGIFY(cond), __FILE__, __LINE__);                 \
+        abort();                                                        \
+    }                                                                   \
+} while (0)
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does not lie in speed critical code.
+ * These asserts() thus can be enabled without fearing speed loss.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 0
+#define av_assert1(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#else
+#define av_assert1(cond) ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+ * assert() equivalent, that does lie in speed critical code.
+ */
+#if defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL > 1
+#define av_assert2(cond) av_assert0(cond)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() av_assert0_fpu()
+#else
+#define av_assert2(cond) ((void)0)
+#define av_assert2_fpu() ((void)0)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Assert that floating point operations can be executed.
+ *
+ * This will av_assert0() that the cpu is not in MMX state on X86
+ */
+void av_assert0_fpu(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVASSERT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c289fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avconfig.h
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H
+#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0
+#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74aa4cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avstring.h
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_string
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str. If it is, *ptr is set to
+ * the address of the first character in str after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_strstart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Return non-zero if pfx is a prefix of str independent of case. If
+ * it is, *ptr is set to the address of the first character in str
+ * after the prefix.
+ *
+ * @param str input string
+ * @param pfx prefix to test
+ * @param ptr updated if the prefix is matched inside str
+ * @return non-zero if the prefix matches, zero otherwise
+ */
+int av_stristart(const char *str, const char *pfx, const char **ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first case-independent occurrence in the string haystack
+ * of the string needle.  A zero-length string needle is considered to
+ * match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a case-insensitive version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack string to search in
+ * @param needle   string to search for
+ * @return         pointer to the located match within haystack
+ *                 or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_stristr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
+
+/**
+ * Locate the first occurrence of the string needle in the string haystack
+ * where not more than hay_length characters are searched. A zero-length
+ * string needle is considered to match at the start of haystack.
+ *
+ * This function is a length-limited version of the standard strstr().
+ *
+ * @param haystack   string to search in
+ * @param needle     string to search for
+ * @param hay_length length of string to search in
+ * @return           pointer to the located match within haystack
+ *                   or a null pointer if no match
+ */
+char *av_strnstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle, size_t hay_length);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the string src to dst, but no more than size - 1 bytes, and
+ * null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is the same as BSD strlcpy().
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the length of src
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value is the length of src, src absolutely
+ * _must_ be a properly 0-terminated string, otherwise this will read beyond
+ * the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append the string src to the string dst, but to a total length of
+ * no more than size - 1 bytes, and null-terminate dst.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to BSD strlcat(), but differs when
+ * size <= strlen(dst).
+ *
+ * @param dst destination buffer
+ * @param src source string
+ * @param size size of destination buffer
+ * @return the total length of src and dst
+ *
+ * @warning since the return value use the length of src and dst, these
+ * absolutely _must_ be a properly 0-terminated strings, otherwise this
+ * will read beyond the end of the buffer and possibly crash.
+ */
+size_t av_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Append output to a string, according to a format. Never write out of
+ * the destination buffer, and always put a terminating 0 within
+ * the buffer.
+ * @param dst destination buffer (string to which the output is
+ *  appended)
+ * @param size total size of the destination buffer
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ *  following parameters are used
+ * @return the length of the string that would have been generated
+ *  if enough space had been available
+ */
+size_t av_strlcatf(char *dst, size_t size, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Get the count of continuous non zero chars starting from the beginning.
+ *
+ * @param s   the string whose length to count
+ * @param len maximum number of characters to check in the string, that
+ *            is the maximum value which is returned by the function
+ */
+static inline size_t av_strnlen(const char *s, size_t len)
+{
+    size_t i;
+    for (i = 0; i < len && s[i]; i++)
+        ;
+    return i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Print arguments following specified format into a large enough auto
+ * allocated buffer. It is similar to GNU asprintf().
+ * @param fmt printf-compatible format string, specifying how the
+ *            following parameters are used.
+ * @return the allocated string
+ * @note You have to free the string yourself with av_free().
+ */
+char *av_asprintf(const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(1, 2);
+
+#if FF_API_D2STR
+/**
+ * Convert a number to an av_malloced string.
+ * @deprecated  use av_asprintf() with "%f" or a more specific format
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+char *av_d2str(double d);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Unescape the given string until a non escaped terminating char,
+ * and return the token corresponding to the unescaped string.
+ *
+ * The normal \ and ' escaping is supported. Leading and trailing
+ * whitespaces are removed, unless they are escaped with '\' or are
+ * enclosed between ''.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer to parse, buf will be updated to point to the
+ * terminating char
+ * @param term a 0-terminated list of terminating chars
+ * @return the malloced unescaped string, which must be av_freed by
+ * the user, NULL in case of allocation failure
+ */
+char *av_get_token(const char **buf, const char *term);
+
+/**
+ * Split the string into several tokens which can be accessed by
+ * successive calls to av_strtok().
+ *
+ * A token is defined as a sequence of characters not belonging to the
+ * set specified in delim.
+ *
+ * On the first call to av_strtok(), s should point to the string to
+ * parse, and the value of saveptr is ignored. In subsequent calls, s
+ * should be NULL, and saveptr should be unchanged since the previous
+ * call.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to strtok_r() defined in POSIX.1.
+ *
+ * @param s the string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param delim 0-terminated list of token delimiters, must be non-NULL
+ * @param saveptr user-provided pointer which points to stored
+ * information necessary for av_strtok() to continue scanning the same
+ * string. saveptr is updated to point to the next character after the
+ * first delimiter found, or to NULL if the string was terminated
+ * @return the found token, or NULL when no token is found
+ */
+char *av_strtok(char *s, const char *delim, char **saveptr);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isdigit(int c)
+{
+    return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isgraph.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isgraph(int c)
+{
+    return c > 32 && c < 127;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isspace.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isspace(int c)
+{
+    return c == ' ' || c == '\f' || c == '\n' || c == '\r' || c == '\t' ||
+           c == '\v';
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to uppercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_toupper(int c)
+{
+    if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
+        c ^= 0x20;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII characters to lowercase.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_tolower(int c)
+{
+    if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
+        c ^= 0x20;
+    return c;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent conversion of ASCII isxdigit.
+ */
+static inline av_const int av_isxdigit(int c)
+{
+    c = av_tolower(c);
+    return av_isdigit(c) || (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f');
+}
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strcasecmp(const char *a, const char *b);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent case-insensitive compare.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are case-insensitive
+ */
+int av_strncasecmp(const char *a, const char *b, size_t n);
+
+/**
+ * Locale-independent strings replace.
+ * @note This means only ASCII-range characters are replace
+ */
+char *av_strireplace(const char *str, const char *from, const char *to);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe basename.
+ * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return pointer to the basename substring.
+ * If path does not contain a slash, the function returns a copy of path.
+ * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
+ * to a string "." is returned.
+ */
+const char *av_basename(const char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Thread safe dirname.
+ * @param path the string to parse, on DOS both \ and / are considered separators.
+ * @return A pointer to a string that's the parent directory of path.
+ * If path is a NULL pointer or points to an empty string, a pointer
+ * to a string "." is returned.
+ * @note the function may modify the contents of the path, so copies should be passed.
+ */
+const char *av_dirname(char *path);
+
+/**
+ * Match instances of a name in a comma-separated list of names.
+ * List entries are checked from the start to the end of the names list,
+ * the first match ends further processing. If an entry prefixed with '-'
+ * matches, then 0 is returned. The "ALL" list entry is considered to
+ * match all names.
+ *
+ * @param name  Name to look for.
+ * @param names List of names.
+ * @return 1 on match, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_match_name(const char *name, const char *names);
+
+/**
+ * Append path component to the existing path.
+ * Path separator '/' is placed between when needed.
+ * Resulting string have to be freed with av_free().
+ * @param path      base path
+ * @param component component to be appended
+ * @return new path or NULL on error.
+ */
+char *av_append_path_component(const char *path, const char *component);
+
+enum AVEscapeMode {
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_AUTO,      ///< Use auto-selected escaping mode.
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, ///< Use backslash escaping.
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_QUOTE,     ///< Use single-quote escaping.
+    AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML,       ///< Use XML non-markup character data escaping.
+};
+
+/**
+ * Consider spaces special and escape them even in the middle of the
+ * string.
+ *
+ * This is equivalent to adding the whitespace characters to the special
+ * characters lists, except it is guaranteed to use the exact same list
+ * of whitespace characters as the rest of libavutil.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_WHITESPACE (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Escape only specified special characters.
+ * Without this flag, escape also any characters that may be considered
+ * special by av_get_token(), such as the single quote.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_STRICT (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape single quotes for single
+ * quoted attributes.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_SINGLE_QUOTES (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ * Within AV_ESCAPE_MODE_XML, additionally escape double quotes for double
+ * quoted attributes.
+ */
+#define AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_XML_DOUBLE_QUOTES (1 << 3)
+
+
+/**
+ * Escape string in src, and put the escaped string in an allocated
+ * string in *dst, which must be freed with av_free().
+ *
+ * @param dst           pointer where an allocated string is put
+ * @param src           string to escape, must be non-NULL
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ *                      need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode          escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ *                      Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ *                      AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ *                      notice.
+ * @param flags         flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_ macros
+ * @return the length of the allocated string, or a negative error code in case of error
+ * @see av_bprint_escape()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_escape(char **dst, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+              enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES          1 ///< accept codepoints over 0x10FFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS             2 ///< accept non-characters - 0xFFFE and 0xFFFF
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES                 4 ///< accept UTF-16 surrogates codes
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_EXCLUDE_XML_INVALID_CONTROL_CODES 8 ///< exclude control codes not accepted by XML
+
+#define AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_ALL \
+    AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_INVALID_BIG_CODES|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_NON_CHARACTERS|AV_UTF8_FLAG_ACCEPT_SURROGATES
+
+/**
+ * Read and decode a single UTF-8 code point (character) from the
+ * buffer in *buf, and update *buf to point to the next byte to
+ * decode.
+ *
+ * In case of an invalid byte sequence, the pointer will be updated to
+ * the next byte after the invalid sequence and the function will
+ * return an error code.
+ *
+ * Depending on the specified flags, the function will also fail in
+ * case the decoded code point does not belong to a valid range.
+ *
+ * @note For speed-relevant code a carefully implemented use of
+ * GET_UTF8() may be preferred.
+ *
+ * @param codep   pointer used to return the parsed code in case of success.
+ *                The value in *codep is set even in case the range check fails.
+ * @param bufp    pointer to the address the first byte of the sequence
+ *                to decode, updated by the function to point to the
+ *                byte next after the decoded sequence
+ * @param buf_end pointer to the end of the buffer, points to the next
+ *                byte past the last in the buffer. This is used to
+ *                avoid buffer overreads (in case of an unfinished
+ *                UTF-8 sequence towards the end of the buffer).
+ * @param flags   a collection of AV_UTF8_FLAG_* flags
+ * @return >= 0 in case a sequence was successfully read, a negative
+ * value in case of invalid sequence
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_utf8_decode(int32_t *codep, const uint8_t **bufp, const uint8_t *buf_end,
+                   unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if a name is in a list.
+ * @returns 0 if not found, or the 1 based index where it has been found in the
+ *            list.
+ */
+int av_match_list(const char *name, const char *list, char separator);
+
+/**
+ * See libc sscanf manual for more information.
+ * Locale-independent sscanf implementation.
+ */
+int av_sscanf(const char *string, const char *format, ...);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVSTRING_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b68bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/avutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @mainpage
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction
+ *
+ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries
+ * provided by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library
+ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library
+ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library
+ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library
+ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing
+ * @li @ref lpp  "libpostproc" post processing library
+ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library
+ *
+ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility
+ *
+ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a
+ * major, minor and micro version number with the
+ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version
+ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing
+ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor
+ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major
+ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro
+ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program
+ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously
+ * unspecified situation.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long
+ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols
+ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and
+ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were
+ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will
+ * not change.
+ *
+ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot
+ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the
+ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new
+ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program
+ * links against.
+ *
+ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to
+ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in
+ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented
+ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied
+ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro
+ * version number.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu libavutil
+ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the
+ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include
+ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using
+ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which
+ * brings in most of the "core" components.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing
+ *
+ * @{
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_ver
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant.
+ */
+unsigned avutil_version(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release
+ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format
+ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code.
+ */
+const char *av_version_info(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration.
+ */
+const char *avutil_configuration(void);
+
+/**
+ * Return the libavutil license.
+ */
+const char *avutil_license(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type
+ * @brief Media Type
+ */
+
+enum AVMediaType {
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1,  ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA,          ///< Opaque data information usually continuous
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE,
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT,    ///< Opaque data information usually sparse
+    AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type
+ * is unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific
+ *
+ * @note those definition should move to avcodec
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7
+#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1<<FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT)
+#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda
+#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256*128-1)
+
+#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE //FIXME maybe remove
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific
+ *
+ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @brief Undefined timestamp value
+ *
+ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide
+ * either pts or dts.
+ */
+
+#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE          ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000))
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as integer
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE            1000000
+
+/**
+ * Internal time base represented as fractional value
+ */
+
+#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q          (AVRational){1, AV_TIME_BASE}
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related
+ *
+ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVPictureType {
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I,     ///< Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P,     ///< Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B,     ///< Bi-dir predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S,     ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI,    ///< Switching Intra
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP,    ///< Switching Predicted
+    AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI,    ///< BI type
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type
+ * pict_type.
+ *
+ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character
+ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown
+ */
+char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#include "common.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "version.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+#include "mathematics.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL.
+ */
+static inline void *av_x_if_null(const void *p, const void *x)
+{
+    return (void *)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param elsize  size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8)
+ * @param term    list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list    pointer to the list
+ * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize,
+                                     const void *list, uint64_t term) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * Compute the length of an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param term  list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param list  pointer to the list
+ * @return  length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator
+ */
+#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \
+    av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term)
+
+#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
+/**
+ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename.
+ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through
+ * errno.
+ * @deprecated Avoid using it, as on Windows, the FILE* allocated by this
+ *             function may be allocated with a different CRT than the caller
+ *             who uses the FILE*. No replacement provided in public API.
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+FILE *av_fopen_utf8(const char *path, const char *mode);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base.
+ */
+AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void);
+
+#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character
+ * code) representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf    a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+char *av_fourcc_make_string(char *buf, uint32_t fourcc);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/base64.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/base64.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2954c12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/base64.h
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Ryan Martell. (rdm4@martellventures.com)
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+#define AVUTIL_BASE64_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_base64 Base64
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Decode a base64-encoded string.
+ *
+ * @param out      buffer for decoded data
+ * @param in       null-terminated input string
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer, must be at
+ *                 least 3/4 of the length of in, that is AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(strlen(in))
+ * @return         number of bytes written, or a negative value in case of
+ *                 invalid input
+ */
+int av_base64_decode(uint8_t *out, const char *in, int out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size in bytes needed to decode a base64 string
+ * with length x to a data buffer.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_DECODE_SIZE(x) ((x) * 3LL / 4)
+
+/**
+ * Encode data to base64 and null-terminate.
+ *
+ * @param out      buffer for encoded data
+ * @param out_size size in bytes of the out buffer (including the
+ *                 null terminator), must be at least AV_BASE64_SIZE(in_size)
+ * @param in       input buffer containing the data to encode
+ * @param in_size  size in bytes of the in buffer
+ * @return         out or NULL in case of error
+ */
+char *av_base64_encode(char *out, int out_size, const uint8_t *in, int in_size);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the output size needed to base64-encode x bytes to a
+ * null-terminated string.
+ */
+#define AV_BASE64_SIZE(x)  (((x)+2) / 3 * 4 + 1)
+
+ /**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BASE64_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e289a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/blowfish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/*
+ * Blowfish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_blowfish Blowfish
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_BF_ROUNDS 16
+
+typedef struct AVBlowfish {
+    uint32_t p[AV_BF_ROUNDS + 2];
+    uint32_t s[4][256];
+} AVBlowfish;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBlowfish context.
+ */
+AVBlowfish *av_blowfish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVBlowfish context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param key a key
+ * @param key_len length of the key
+ */
+void av_blowfish_init(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_len);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param xl left four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param xr right four bytes halves of input to be encrypted
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt_ecb(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint32_t *xl, uint32_t *xr,
+                           int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVBlowfish context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_blowfish_crypt(struct AVBlowfish *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+                       int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BLOWFISH_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f27d30f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bprint.h
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Nicolas George
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_avbprint
+ * AVBPrint public header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+#define AVUTIL_BPRINT_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avstring.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_avbprint AVBPrint
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * A buffer to print data progressively
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Define a structure with extra padding to a fixed size
+ * This helps ensuring binary compatibility with future versions.
+ */
+
+#define FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(name, size, ...) \
+struct ff_pad_helper_##name { __VA_ARGS__ }; \
+typedef struct name { \
+    __VA_ARGS__ \
+    char reserved_padding[size - sizeof(struct ff_pad_helper_##name)]; \
+} name;
+
+/**
+ * Buffer to print data progressively
+ *
+ * The string buffer grows as necessary and is always 0-terminated.
+ * The content of the string is never accessed, and thus is
+ * encoding-agnostic and can even hold binary data.
+ *
+ * Small buffers are kept in the structure itself, and thus require no
+ * memory allocation at all (unless the contents of the buffer is needed
+ * after the structure goes out of scope). This is almost as lightweight as
+ * declaring a local `char buf[512]`.
+ *
+ * The length of the string can go beyond the allocated size: the buffer is
+ * then truncated, but the functions still keep account of the actual total
+ * length.
+ *
+ * In other words, AVBPrint.len can be greater than AVBPrint.size and records
+ * the total length of what would have been to the buffer if there had been
+ * enough memory.
+ *
+ * Append operations do not need to be tested for failure: if a memory
+ * allocation fails, data stop being appended to the buffer, but the length
+ * is still updated. This situation can be tested with
+ * av_bprint_is_complete().
+ *
+ * The AVBPrint.size_max field determines several possible behaviours:
+ * - `size_max = -1` (= `UINT_MAX`) or any large value will let the buffer be
+ *   reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ * - `size_max = 0` prevents writing anything to the buffer: only the total
+ *   length is computed. The write operations can then possibly be repeated in
+ *   a buffer with exactly the necessary size
+ *   (using `size_init = size_max = len + 1`).
+ * - `size_max = 1` is automatically replaced by the exact size available in the
+ *   structure itself, thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The
+ *   internal buffer is large enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text,
+ *   such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+
+FF_PAD_STRUCTURE(AVBPrint, 1024,
+    char *str;         /**< string so far */
+    unsigned len;      /**< length so far */
+    unsigned size;     /**< allocated memory */
+    unsigned size_max; /**< maximum allocated memory */
+    char reserved_internal_buffer[1];
+)
+
+/**
+ * @name Max size special values
+ * Convenience macros for special values for av_bprint_init() size_max
+ * parameter.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Buffer will be reallocated as necessary, with an amortized linear cost.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_UNLIMITED  ((unsigned)-1)
+/**
+ * Use the exact size available in the AVBPrint structure itself.
+ *
+ * Thus ensuring no dynamic memory allocation. The internal buffer is large
+ * enough to hold a reasonable paragraph of text, such as the current paragraph.
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_AUTOMATIC  1
+/**
+ * Do not write anything to the buffer, only calculate the total length.
+ *
+ * The write operations can then possibly be repeated in a buffer with
+ * exactly the necessary size (using `size_init = size_max = AVBPrint.len + 1`).
+ */
+#define AV_BPRINT_SIZE_COUNT_ONLY 0
+/** @} */
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf        buffer to init
+ * @param size_init  initial size (including the final 0)
+ * @param size_max   maximum size;
+ *                   - `0` means do not write anything, just count the length
+ *                   - `1` is replaced by the maximum value for automatic storage
+ *                       any large value means that the internal buffer will be
+ *                       reallocated as needed up to that limit
+ *                   - `-1` is converted to `UINT_MAX`, the largest limit possible.
+ *                   Check also `AV_BPRINT_SIZE_*` macros.
+ */
+void av_bprint_init(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size_init, unsigned size_max);
+
+/**
+ * Init a print buffer using a pre-existing buffer.
+ *
+ * The buffer will not be reallocated.
+ *
+ * @param buf     buffer structure to init
+ * @param buffer  byte buffer to use for the string data
+ * @param size    size of buffer
+ */
+void av_bprint_init_for_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, char *buffer, unsigned size);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(2, 3);
+
+/**
+ * Append a formatted string to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_vbprintf(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, va_list vl_arg);
+
+/**
+ * Append char c n times to a print buffer.
+ */
+void av_bprint_chars(AVBPrint *buf, char c, unsigned n);
+
+/**
+ * Append data to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf  bprint buffer to use
+ * param data pointer to data
+ * param size size of data
+ */
+void av_bprint_append_data(AVBPrint *buf, const char *data, unsigned size);
+
+struct tm;
+/**
+ * Append a formatted date and time to a print buffer.
+ *
+ * param buf  bprint buffer to use
+ * param fmt  date and time format string, see strftime()
+ * param tm   broken-down time structure to translate
+ *
+ * @note due to poor design of the standard strftime function, it may
+ * produce poor results if the format string expands to a very long text and
+ * the bprint buffer is near the limit stated by the size_max option.
+ */
+void av_bprint_strftime(AVBPrint *buf, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate bytes in the buffer for external use.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  buf          buffer structure
+ * @param[in]  size         required size
+ * @param[out] mem          pointer to the memory area
+ * @param[out] actual_size  size of the memory area after allocation;
+ *                          can be larger or smaller than size
+ */
+void av_bprint_get_buffer(AVBPrint *buf, unsigned size,
+                          unsigned char **mem, unsigned *actual_size);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the string to "" but keep internal allocated data.
+ */
+void av_bprint_clear(AVBPrint *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Test if the print buffer is complete (not truncated).
+ *
+ * It may have been truncated due to a memory allocation failure
+ * or the size_max limit (compare size and size_max if necessary).
+ */
+static inline int av_bprint_is_complete(const AVBPrint *buf)
+{
+    return buf->len < buf->size;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a print buffer.
+ *
+ * The print buffer can no longer be used afterwards,
+ * but the len and size fields are still valid.
+ *
+ * @arg[out] ret_str  if not NULL, used to return a permanent copy of the
+ *                    buffer contents, or NULL if memory allocation fails;
+ *                    if NULL, the buffer is discarded and freed
+ * @return  0 for success or error code (probably AVERROR(ENOMEM))
+ */
+int av_bprint_finalize(AVBPrint *buf, char **ret_str);
+
+/**
+ * Escape the content in src and append it to dstbuf.
+ *
+ * @param dstbuf        already inited destination bprint buffer
+ * @param src           string containing the text to escape
+ * @param special_chars string containing the special characters which
+ *                      need to be escaped, can be NULL
+ * @param mode          escape mode to employ, see AV_ESCAPE_MODE_* macros.
+ *                      Any unknown value for mode will be considered equivalent to
+ *                      AV_ESCAPE_MODE_BACKSLASH, but this behaviour can change without
+ *                      notice.
+ * @param flags         flags which control how to escape, see AV_ESCAPE_FLAG_* macros
+ */
+void av_bprint_escape(AVBPrint *dstbuf, const char *src, const char *special_chars,
+                      enum AVEscapeMode mode, int flags);
+
+/** @} */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BPRINT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4840ab4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/bswap.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * byte swapping routines
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+#define AVUTIL_BSWAP_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if   ARCH_AARCH64
+#   include "aarch64/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_ARM
+#   include "arm/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+#   include "avr32/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_RISCV
+#   include "riscv/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_SH4
+#   include "sh4/bswap.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+#   include "x86/bswap.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#define AV_BSWAP16C(x) (((x) << 8 & 0xff00)  | ((x) >> 8 & 0x00ff))
+#define AV_BSWAP32C(x) (AV_BSWAP16C(x) << 16 | AV_BSWAP16C((x) >> 16))
+#define AV_BSWAP64C(x) (AV_BSWAP32C(x) << 32 | AV_BSWAP32C((x) >> 32))
+
+#define AV_BSWAPC(s, x) AV_BSWAP##s##C(x)
+
+#ifndef av_bswap16
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_bswap16(uint16_t x)
+{
+    x= (x>>8) | (x<<8);
+    return x;
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap32
+static av_always_inline av_const uint32_t av_bswap32(uint32_t x)
+{
+    return AV_BSWAP32C(x);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_bswap64
+static inline uint64_t av_const av_bswap64(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return (uint64_t)av_bswap32(x) << 32 | av_bswap32(x >> 32);
+}
+#endif
+
+// be2ne ... big-endian to native-endian
+// le2ne ... little-endian to native-endian
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#define av_be2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#else
+#define av_be2ne16(x) av_bswap16(x)
+#define av_be2ne32(x) av_bswap32(x)
+#define av_be2ne64(x) av_bswap64(x)
+#define av_le2ne16(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne32(x) (x)
+#define av_le2ne64(x) (x)
+#define AV_BE2NEC(s, x) AV_BSWAPC(s, x)
+#define AV_LE2NEC(s, x) (x)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_BE2NE16C(x) AV_BE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE32C(x) AV_BE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_BE2NE64C(x) AV_BE2NEC(64, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE16C(x) AV_LE2NEC(16, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE32C(x) AV_LE2NEC(32, x)
+#define AV_LE2NE64C(x) AV_LE2NEC(64, x)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BSWAP_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1ef5b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/buffer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_buffer
+ * refcounted data buffer API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers.
+ *
+ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer
+ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may
+ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references
+ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single
+ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the
+ * caller directly.
+ *
+ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single
+ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and
+ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing
+ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref().
+ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the
+ * data once all the references are freed).
+ *
+ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the
+ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and
+ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is
+ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will
+ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary.
+ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention,
+ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its
+ * control.
+ *
+ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus
+ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for
+ * additional locking.
+ *
+ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different
+ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal).
+ */
+
+/**
+ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through
+ * references (AVBufferRef).
+ */
+typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * A reference to a data buffer.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant
+ * to be allocated directly.
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferRef {
+    AVBuffer *buffer;
+
+    /**
+     * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if
+     * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case
+     * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data;
+    /**
+     * Size of data in bytes.
+     */
+    size_t   size;
+} AVBufferRef;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_alloc(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized
+ * to zero.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_allocz(size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one
+ * reference.
+ */
+#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array.
+ *
+ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may
+ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from
+ * it.
+ * If this function fails, data is left untouched.
+ * @param data   data array
+ * @param size   size of data in bytes
+ * @param free   a callback for freeing this buffer's data
+ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free
+ * @param flags  a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_create(uint8_t *data, size_t size,
+                              void (*free)(void *opaque, uint8_t *data),
+                              void *opaque, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data.
+ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called
+ * directly.
+ */
+void av_buffer_default_free(void *opaque, uint8_t *data);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer.
+ *
+ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on
+ * failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more
+ * references to it.
+ *
+ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return.
+ */
+void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is
+ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer).
+ * Return 0 otherwise.
+ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf.
+ */
+int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy
+ * if possible.
+ *
+ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left
+ *            untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is
+ *            written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef **buf);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate a given buffer.
+ *
+ * @param buf  a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be
+ *             unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be
+ *             written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf
+ *             may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated.
+ * @param size required new buffer size.
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure.
+ *
+ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was
+ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one
+ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases
+ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied.
+ */
+int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef **buf, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src.
+ *
+ * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst
+ * and replace it with a new reference to src.
+ *
+ * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success,
+ *            this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On
+ *            failure, dst will be left untouched.
+ * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this
+ *            function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst).
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure.
+ */
+int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef **dst, const AVBufferRef *src);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers.
+ *
+ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is
+ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the
+ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio
+ * frames).
+ *
+ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the
+ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to
+ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new
+ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by
+ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is
+ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be
+ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls.
+ *
+ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new
+ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable.
+ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed.
+ *
+ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as
+ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is
+ * thread-safe.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed
+ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with
+ * av_buffer_pool_uninit().
+ */
+typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used
+ * (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size));
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator.
+ *
+ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool
+ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator
+ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the
+ *              pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be
+ *              used (av_buffer_alloc()).
+ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool
+ *                  is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called
+ *                  by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool
+ *                  and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque
+ *                  data. May be NULL.
+ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferPool *av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void *opaque,
+                                   AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void *opaque, size_t size),
+                                   void (*pool_free)(void *opaque));
+
+/**
+ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only
+ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it
+ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still
+ * in use.
+ *
+ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool **pool);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available.
+ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads.
+ *
+ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool *pool);
+
+/**
+ * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool.
+ *
+ * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get.
+ * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the
+ *         buffer pool.
+ *
+ * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation,
+ * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque
+ * parameter of an allocated buffer.
+ */
+void *av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9678710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/camellia.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAMELLIA algorithm as mentioned in RFC3713
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+  * @file
+  * @brief Public header for libavutil CAMELLIA algorithm
+  * @defgroup lavu_camellia CAMELLIA
+  * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+  * @{
+  */
+
+extern const int av_camellia_size;
+
+struct AVCAMELLIA;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVCAMELLIA context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVCAMELLIA *av_camellia_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+  * Initialize an AVCAMELLIA context.
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+  * @param key a key of 16, 24, 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+  * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 128, 192, 256
+ */
+int av_camellia_init(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAMELLIA context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+  * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_camellia_crypt(struct AVCAMELLIA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAMELLIA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ad5b347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cast5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the CAST128 algorithm as mentioned in RFC2144
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+#define AVUTIL_CAST5_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+  * @file
+  * @brief Public header for libavutil CAST5 algorithm
+  * @defgroup lavu_cast5 CAST5
+  * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+  * @{
+  */
+
+extern const int av_cast5_size;
+
+struct AVCAST5;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVCAST5 context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVCAST5 *av_cast5_alloc(void);
+/**
+  * Initialize an AVCAST5 context.
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+  * @param key a key of 5,6,...16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+  * @param key_bits number of keybits: possible are 40,48,...,128
+  * @return 0 on success, less than 0 on failure
+ */
+int av_cast5_init(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context, ECB mode only
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVCAST5 context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+  * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_cast5_crypt2(struct AVCAST5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CAST5_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f345415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h
@@ -0,0 +1,783 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_audio_channels
+ * Public libavutil channel layout APIs header.
+ */
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_audio_channels Audio channels
+ * @ingroup lavu_audio
+ *
+ * Audio channel layout utility functions
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVChannel {
+    ///< Invalid channel index
+    AV_CHAN_NONE = -1,
+    AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY,
+    AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT,
+    /** Stereo downmix. */
+    AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT = 29,
+    /** See above. */
+    AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT,
+    AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER,
+    AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT,
+    AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT,
+
+    /** Channel is empty can be safely skipped. */
+    AV_CHAN_UNUSED = 0x200,
+
+    /** Channel contains data, but its position is unknown. */
+    AV_CHAN_UNKNOWN = 0x300,
+
+    /**
+     * Range of channels between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+     * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END represent Ambisonic components using the ACN system.
+     *
+     * Given a channel id `<i>` between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+     * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the ACN index of the channel `<n>` is
+     * `<n> = <i> - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE`.
+     *
+     * @note these values are only used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM channel
+     * orderings, the AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC ordering orders the channels
+     * implicitly by their position in the stream.
+     */
+    AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE = 0x400,
+    // leave space for 1024 ids, which correspond to maximum order-32 harmonics,
+    // which should be enough for the foreseeable use cases
+    AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END  = 0x7ff,
+};
+
+enum AVChannelOrder {
+    /**
+     * Only the channel count is specified, without any further information
+     * about the channel order.
+     */
+    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
+    /**
+     * The native channel order, i.e. the channels are in the same order in
+     * which they are defined in the AVChannel enum. This supports up to 63
+     * different channels.
+     */
+    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE,
+    /**
+     * The channel order does not correspond to any other predefined order and
+     * is stored as an explicit map. For example, this could be used to support
+     * layouts with 64 or more channels, or with empty/skipped (AV_CHAN_SILENCE)
+     * channels at arbitrary positions.
+     */
+    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM,
+    /**
+     * The audio is represented as the decomposition of the sound field into
+     * spherical harmonics. Each channel corresponds to a single expansion
+     * component. Channels are ordered according to ACN (Ambisonic Channel
+     * Number).
+     *
+     * The channel with the index n in the stream contains the spherical
+     * harmonic of degree l and order m given by
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *   l   = floor(sqrt(n)),
+     *   m   = n - l * (l + 1).
+     * @endcode
+     *
+     * Conversely given a spherical harmonic of degree l and order m, the
+     * corresponding channel index n is given by
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *   n = l * (l + 1) + m.
+     * @endcode
+     *
+     * Normalization is assumed to be SN3D (Schmidt Semi-Normalization)
+     * as defined in AmbiX format $ 2.1.
+     */
+    AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks
+ *
+ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel.
+ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels.
+ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known.
+ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels
+ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as
+ * dual-mono.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT           )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT            (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT          )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER           (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_CENTER         )
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY        )
+#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT              (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_LEFT            )
+#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_RIGHT           )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER   (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER )
+#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER  (1ULL << AV_CHAN_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER            (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BACK_CENTER          )
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT              (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_LEFT            )
+#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SIDE_RIGHT           )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_CENTER           )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_LEFT       )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER       (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_CENTER     )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT        (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT      )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_LEFT        )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER        (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_CENTER      )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_BACK_RIGHT       )
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT            (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_LEFT          )
+#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT           (1ULL << AV_CHAN_STEREO_RIGHT         )
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT              (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_LEFT            )
+#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT             (1ULL << AV_CHAN_WIDE_RIGHT           )
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT   (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT )
+#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT  (1ULL << AV_CHAN_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2        (1ULL << AV_CHAN_LOW_FREQUENCY_2      )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT          (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_LEFT        )
+#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT         (1ULL << AV_CHAN_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT       )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER    (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER  )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT      (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT    )
+#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT     (1ULL << AV_CHAN_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT   )
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout
+    to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output
+    to be the native codec channel order.
+    @deprecated channel order is now indicated in a special field in
+                AVChannelLayout
+    */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE          0x8000000000000000ULL
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts
+ * @{
+ * */
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO              (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO            (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2               (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1           (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK  (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0|AV_CH_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE              (AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL     (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL|AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT|AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT)
+#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2          (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK|AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER|AV_CH_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2|AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_CENTER|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT|AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT|AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT|AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT)
+
+enum AVMatrixEncoding {
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE,
+    AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB
+};
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * An AVChannelCustom defines a single channel within a custom order layout
+ *
+ * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelCustom) is a part of the
+ * public ABI.
+ *
+ * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVChannelCustom {
+    enum AVChannel id;
+    char name[16];
+    void *opaque;
+} AVChannelCustom;
+
+/**
+ * An AVChannelLayout holds information about the channel layout of audio data.
+ *
+ * A channel layout here is defined as a set of channels ordered in a specific
+ * way (unless the channel order is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, in which case an
+ * AVChannelLayout carries only the channel count).
+ * All orders may be treated as if they were AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC by
+ * ignoring everything but the channel count, as long as av_channel_layout_check()
+ * considers they are valid.
+ *
+ * Unlike most structures in FFmpeg, sizeof(AVChannelLayout) is a part of the
+ * public ABI and may be used by the caller. E.g. it may be allocated on stack
+ * or embedded in caller-defined structs.
+ *
+ * AVChannelLayout can be initialized as follows:
+ * - default initialization with {0}, followed by setting all used fields
+ *   correctly;
+ * - by assigning one of the predefined AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_* initializers;
+ * - with a constructor function, such as av_channel_layout_default(),
+ *   av_channel_layout_from_mask() or av_channel_layout_from_string().
+ *
+ * The channel layout must be unitialized with av_channel_layout_uninit()
+ *
+ * Copying an AVChannelLayout via assigning is forbidden,
+ * av_channel_layout_copy() must be used instead (and its return value should
+ * be checked)
+ *
+ * No new fields may be added to it without a major version bump, except for
+ * new elements of the union fitting in sizeof(uint64_t).
+ */
+typedef struct AVChannelLayout {
+    /**
+     * Channel order used in this layout.
+     * This is a mandatory field.
+     */
+    enum AVChannelOrder order;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of channels in this layout. Mandatory field.
+     */
+    int nb_channels;
+
+    /**
+     * Details about which channels are present in this layout.
+     * For AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, this field is undefined and must not be
+     * used.
+     */
+    union {
+        /**
+         * This member must be used for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, and may be used
+         * for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC to signal non-diegetic channels.
+         * It is a bitmask, where the position of each set bit means that the
+         * AVChannel with the corresponding value is present.
+         *
+         * I.e. when (mask & (1 << AV_CHAN_FOO)) is non-zero, then AV_CHAN_FOO
+         * is present in the layout. Otherwise it is not present.
+         *
+         * @note when a channel layout using a bitmask is constructed or
+         * modified manually (i.e.  not using any of the av_channel_layout_*
+         * functions), the code doing it must ensure that the number of set bits
+         * is equal to nb_channels.
+         */
+        uint64_t mask;
+        /**
+         * This member must be used when the channel order is
+         * AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM. It is a nb_channels-sized array, with each
+         * element signalling the presence of the AVChannel with the
+         * corresponding value in map[i].id.
+         *
+         * I.e. when map[i].id is equal to AV_CHAN_FOO, then AV_CH_FOO is the
+         * i-th channel in the audio data.
+         *
+         * When map[i].id is in the range between AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE and
+         * AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_END (inclusive), the channel contains an ambisonic
+         * component with ACN index (as defined above)
+         * n = map[i].id - AV_CHAN_AMBISONIC_BASE.
+         *
+         * map[i].name may be filled with a 0-terminated string, in which case
+         * it will be used for the purpose of identifying the channel with the
+         * convenience functions below. Otherise it must be zeroed.
+         */
+        AVChannelCustom *map;
+    } u;
+
+    /**
+     * For some private data of the user.
+     */
+    void *opaque;
+} AVChannelLayout;
+
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(nb, m) \
+    { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_NATIVE, .nb_channels = (nb), .u = { .mask = (m) }}
+
+/**
+ * @name Common pre-defined channel layouts
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MONO              AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(1,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO            AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_1               AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_SURROUND          AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(3,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_3POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_4POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_2_2               AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_QUAD              AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(4,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(5,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL         AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(6,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(7,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1           AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE      AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK  AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_TOP_BACK)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL         AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_CUBE              AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(8,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_CUBE)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL     AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(16, AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX    AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(2,  AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_22POINT2          AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_MASK(24, AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2)
+#define AV_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_AMBISONIC_FIRST_ORDER \
+    { .order = AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_AMBISONIC, .nb_channels = 4, .u = { .mask = 0 }}
+/** @} */
+
+struct AVBPrint;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+/**
+ * @name Deprecated Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found.
+ *
+ * name can be one or several of the following notations,
+ * separated by '+' or '|':
+ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0,
+ *   5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix);
+ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC,
+ *   SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR);
+ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding
+ *   the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see
+ *   av_get_default_channel_layout);
+ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the
+ *   AV_CH_* macros).
+ *
+ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7"
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified name.
+ *
+ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse
+ * unknown channel layout specifications.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  name             channel layout specification string
+ * @param[out] channel_layout   parsed channel layout (0 if unknown)
+ * @param[out] nb_channels      number of channels
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_from_string()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char *name, uint64_t* channel_layout, int* nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Return a description of a channel layout.
+ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer
+ * @param nb_channels number of channels
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_get_channel_layout_string(char *buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_describe()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint *bp, int nb_channels, uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout.
+ * @deprecated use AVChannelLayout.nb_channels
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_default()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout bitset
+ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be
+ *                present in channel_layout.
+ *
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR
+ *         on error.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_index_from_channel()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout,
+                                        uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout.
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_channel_from_index()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error.
+ *
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_name()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the description of a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param channel  a channel layout with a single channel
+ * @return  channel description on success, NULL on error
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_description()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  index   index in an internal list, starting at 0
+ * @param[out] layout  channel layout mask
+ * @param[out] name    name of the layout
+ * @return  0  if the layout exists,
+ *          <0 if index is beyond the limits
+ * @deprecated use av_channel_layout_standard()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t *layout,
+                                   const char **name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Get a human readable string in an abbreviated form describing a given channel.
+ * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @param channel the AVChannel whose name to get
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ *         on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ *         string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_name(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_name().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_channel_name_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human readable string describing a given channel.
+ *
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @param channel the AVChannel whose description to get
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ *         on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ *         string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_description(char *buf, size_t buf_size, enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_description().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ */
+void av_channel_description_bprint(struct AVBPrint *bp, enum AVChannel channel_id);
+
+/**
+ * This is the inverse function of @ref av_channel_name().
+ *
+ * @return the channel with the given name
+ *         AV_CHAN_NONE when name does not identify a known channel
+ */
+enum AVChannel av_channel_from_string(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a native channel layout from a bitmask indicating which channels
+ * are present.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be initialized
+ * @param mask bitmask describing the channel layout
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         AVERROR(EINVAL) for invalid mask values
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_from_mask(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, uint64_t mask);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a channel layout from a given string description.
+ * The input string can be represented by:
+ *  - the formal channel layout name (returned by av_channel_layout_describe())
+ *  - single or multiple channel names (returned by av_channel_name(), eg. "FL",
+ *    or concatenated with "+", each optionally containing a custom name after
+ *    a "@", eg. "FL@Left+FR@Right+LFE")
+ *  - a decimal or hexadecimal value of a native channel layout (eg. "4" or "0x4")
+ *  - the number of channels with default layout (eg. "4c")
+ *  - the number of unordered channels (eg. "4C" or "4 channels")
+ *  - the ambisonic order followed by optional non-diegetic channels (eg.
+ *    "ambisonic 2+stereo")
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param str string describing the channel layout
+ * @return 0 channel layout was detected, AVERROR_INVALIDATATA otherwise
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_from_string(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                                  const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Get the default channel layout for a given number of channels.
+ *
+ * @param ch_layout the layout structure to be initialized
+ * @param nb_channels number of channels
+ */
+void av_channel_layout_default(AVChannelLayout *ch_layout, int nb_channels);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all standard channel layouts.
+ *
+ * @param opaque a pointer where libavutil will store the iteration state. Must
+ *               point to NULL to start the iteration.
+ *
+ * @return the standard channel layout or NULL when the iteration is
+ *         finished
+ */
+const AVChannelLayout *av_channel_layout_standard(void **opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Free any allocated data in the channel layout and reset the channel
+ * count to 0.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout the layout structure to be uninitialized
+ */
+void av_channel_layout_uninit(AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Make a copy of a channel layout. This differs from just assigning src to dst
+ * in that it allocates and copies the map for AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_CUSTOM.
+ *
+ * @note the destination channel_layout will be always uninitialized before copy.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination channel layout
+ * @param src source channel layout
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_copy(AVChannelLayout *dst, const AVChannelLayout *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a human-readable string describing the channel layout properties.
+ * The string will be in the same format that is accepted by
+ * @ref av_channel_layout_from_string(), allowing to rebuild the same
+ * channel layout, except for opaque pointers.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout channel layout to be described
+ * @param buf pre-allocated buffer where to put the generated string
+ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer.
+ * @return amount of bytes needed to hold the output string, or a negative AVERROR
+ *         on failure. If the returned value is bigger than buf_size, then the
+ *         string was truncated.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_describe(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                               char *buf, size_t buf_size);
+
+/**
+ * bprint variant of av_channel_layout_describe().
+ *
+ * @note the string will be appended to the bprint buffer.
+ * @return 0 on success, or a negative AVERROR value on failure.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_describe_bprint(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                                      struct AVBPrint *bp);
+
+/**
+ * Get the channel with the given index in a channel layout.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param idx index of the channel
+ * @return channel with the index idx in channel_layout on success or
+ *         AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if idx is not valid or the channel order is
+ *         unspecified)
+ */
+enum AVChannel
+av_channel_layout_channel_from_index(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout, unsigned int idx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index of a given channel in a channel layout. In case multiple
+ * channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param channel the channel whose index to obtain
+ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success or a negative number if
+ *         channel is not present in channel_layout.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_index_from_channel(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                                         enum AVChannel channel);
+
+/**
+ * Get the index in a channel layout of a channel described by the given string.
+ * In case multiple channels are found, only the first match will be returned.
+ *
+ * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
+ * @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param name string describing the channel whose index to obtain
+ * @return a channel index described by the given string, or a negative AVERROR
+ *         value.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_index_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                                        const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get a channel described by the given string.
+ *
+ * This function accepts channel names in the same format as
+ * @ref av_channel_from_string().
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param name string describing the channel to obtain
+ * @return a channel described by the given string in channel_layout on success
+ *         or AV_CHAN_NONE on failure (if the string is not valid or the channel
+ *         order is unspecified)
+ */
+enum AVChannel
+av_channel_layout_channel_from_string(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                                      const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Find out what channels from a given set are present in a channel layout,
+ * without regard for their positions.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @param mask a combination of AV_CH_* representing a set of channels
+ * @return a bitfield representing all the channels from mask that are present
+ *         in channel_layout
+ */
+uint64_t av_channel_layout_subset(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout,
+                                  uint64_t mask);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a channel layout is valid, i.e. can possibly describe audio
+ * data.
+ *
+ * @param channel_layout input channel layout
+ * @return 1 if channel_layout is valid, 0 otherwise.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_check(const AVChannelLayout *channel_layout);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether two channel layouts are semantically the same, i.e. the same
+ * channels are present on the same positions in both.
+ *
+ * If one of the channel layouts is AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC, while the other is
+ * not, they are considered to be unequal. If both are AV_CHANNEL_ORDER_UNSPEC,
+ * they are considered equal iff the channel counts are the same in both.
+ *
+ * @param chl input channel layout
+ * @param chl1 input channel layout
+ * @return 0 if chl and chl1 are equal, 1 if they are not equal. A negative
+ *         AVERROR code if one or both are invalid.
+ */
+int av_channel_layout_compare(const AVChannelLayout *chl, const AVChannelLayout *chl1);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd1404b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/common.h
@@ -0,0 +1,578 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * common internal and external API header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && !defined(UINT64_C)
+#error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <inttypes.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "macros.h"
+
+//rounded division & shift
+#define RSHIFT(a,b) ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1))>>(b) : ((a) + ((1<<(b))>>1)-1)>>(b))
+/* assume b>0 */
+#define ROUNDED_DIV(a,b) (((a)>=0 ? (a) + ((b)>>1) : (a) - ((b)>>1))/(b))
+/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */
+#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a,b) (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) \
+                                                       : ((a) + (1<<(b)) - 1) >> (b))
+/* Backwards compat. */
+#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT
+
+#define FFUDIV(a,b) (((a)>0 ?(a):(a)-(b)+1) / (b))
+#define FFUMOD(a,b) ((a)-(b)*FFUDIV(a,b))
+
+/**
+ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as they
+ * are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same
+ * as with *abs()
+ * @see FFNABS()
+ */
+#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1)
+
+/**
+ * Negative Absolute value.
+ * this works for all integers of all types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have
+ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior.
+ */
+#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a)))
+
+/**
+ * Unsigned Absolute value.
+ * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned.
+ * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice.
+ */
+#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a))
+#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a))
+
+/* misc math functions */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+#   include "config.h"
+#   include "intmath.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_ceil_log2
+#   define av_ceil_log2     av_ceil_log2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip
+#   define av_clip          av_clip_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip64
+#   define av_clip64        av_clip64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint8
+#   define av_clip_uint8    av_clip_uint8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int8
+#   define av_clip_int8     av_clip_int8_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uint16
+#   define av_clip_uint16   av_clip_uint16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_int16
+#   define av_clip_int16    av_clip_int16_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipl_int32
+#   define av_clipl_int32   av_clipl_int32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_intp2
+#   define av_clip_intp2    av_clip_intp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clip_uintp2
+#   define av_clip_uintp2   av_clip_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_mod_uintp2
+#   define av_mod_uintp2    av_mod_uintp2_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add32
+#   define av_sat_add32     av_sat_add32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dadd32
+#   define av_sat_dadd32    av_sat_dadd32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub32
+#   define av_sat_sub32     av_sat_sub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_dsub32
+#   define av_sat_dsub32    av_sat_dsub32_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_add64
+#   define av_sat_add64     av_sat_add64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_sat_sub64
+#   define av_sat_sub64     av_sat_sub64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipf
+#   define av_clipf         av_clipf_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_clipd
+#   define av_clipd         av_clipd_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount
+#   define av_popcount      av_popcount_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_popcount64
+#   define av_popcount64    av_popcount64_c
+#endif
+#ifndef av_parity
+#   define av_parity        av_parity_c
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2
+av_const int av_log2(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+#ifndef av_log2_16bit
+av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, int64_t amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    if      (a < amin) return amin;
+    else if (a > amax) return amax;
+    else               return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a)
+{
+    if (a&(~0xFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+    else           return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80U) & ~0xFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7F;
+    else                  return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a)
+{
+    if (a&(~0xFFFF)) return (~a)>>31;
+    else             return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) return (a>>31) ^ 0x7FFF;
+    else                      return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a)
+{
+    if ((a+0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) return (int32_t)((a>>63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF);
+    else                                         return (int32_t)a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1))
+        return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1);
+    else
+        return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range.
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p)
+{
+    if (a & ~((1<<p) - 1)) return (~a) >> 31 & ((1<<p) - 1);
+    else                   return  a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position
+ * @param  a value to clip
+ * @param  p bit position to clip at
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, unsigned p)
+{
+    return a & ((1U << p) - 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param  a first value
+ * @param  b value doubled and added to a
+ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages.
+ *
+ * @param  a first value
+ * @param  b value doubled and subtracted from a
+ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b)
+{
+    return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return sum with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
+#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow)
+    int64_t tmp;
+    return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
+#else
+    int64_t s = a+(uint64_t)b;
+    if ((int64_t)(a^b | ~s^b) >= 0)
+        return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63);
+    return s;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation.
+ *
+ * @param  a one value
+ * @param  b another value
+ * @return difference with signed saturation
+ */
+static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) {
+#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5,1)) || AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow)
+    int64_t tmp;
+    return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ? tmp : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN);
+#else
+    if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b)
+        return INT64_MAX;
+    if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b)
+        return INT64_MIN;
+    return a - b;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range.
+ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
+ * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, float amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range.
+ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned.
+ * If a is +inf amax will be returned.
+ * @param a value to clip
+ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range
+ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range
+ * @return clipped value
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, double amax)
+{
+#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2
+    if (amin > amax) abort();
+#endif
+    return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax);
+}
+
+/** Compute ceil(log2(x)).
+ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x))
+ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x)
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x)
+{
+    return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x)
+{
+    x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555;
+    x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333);
+    x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
+    x += x >> 8;
+    return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Count number of bits set to one in x
+ * @param x value to count bits of
+ * @return the number of bits set to one in x
+ */
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x)
+{
+    return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32));
+}
+
+static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v)
+{
+    return av_popcount(v) & 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val      Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input.
+ *                 Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently
+ *                 assigned Unicode range).  With a memory buffer
+ *                 input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure
+ *                 that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then
+ *                 *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0
+ * @param ERROR    Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                 typically a goto statement.
+ *
+ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which
+ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an
+ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order
+ * to prevent undefined results.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR)\
+    val= (GET_BYTE);\
+    {\
+        uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1;\
+        if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE)\
+            {ERROR}\
+        while (val & top) {\
+            unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE) - 128;\
+            if(tmp>>6)\
+                {ERROR}\
+            val= (val<<6) + tmp;\
+            top <<= 5;\
+        }\
+        val &= (top << 1) - 1;\
+    }
+
+/**
+ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form.
+ *
+ * @param val       Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t.
+ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted
+ *                  to native byte order.  Evaluated one or two times.
+ * @param ERROR     Expression to be evaluated on invalid input,
+ *                  typically a goto statement.
+ */
+#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR)\
+    val = (GET_16BIT);\
+    {\
+        unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800;\
+        if (hi < 0x800) {\
+            val = (GET_16BIT) - 0xDC00;\
+            if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU)\
+                {ERROR}\
+            val += (hi<<10) + 0x10000;\
+        }\
+    }\
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes long).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_BYTE.
+ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination.
+ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte.
+ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be
+ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to
+ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted
+ * Unicode character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE)\
+    {\
+        int bytes, shift;\
+        uint32_t in = val;\
+        if (in < 0x80) {\
+            tmp = in;\
+            PUT_BYTE\
+        } else {\
+            bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5;\
+            shift = (bytes - 1) * 6;\
+            tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift);\
+            PUT_BYTE\
+            while (shift >= 6) {\
+                shift -= 6;\
+                tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f);\
+                PUT_BYTE\
+            }\
+        }\
+    }
+
+/**
+ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)
+ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes).
+ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds
+ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If
+ * val is given as a function it is executed only once.
+ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It
+ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be
+ * output by PUT_16BIT.
+ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination
+ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp
+ * as the input byte.  For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;"
+ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character.
+ */
+#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT)\
+    {\
+        uint32_t in = val;\
+        if (in < 0x10000) {\
+            tmp = in;\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+        } else {\
+            tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10);\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+            tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF);\
+            PUT_16BIT\
+        }\
+    }\
+
+
+
+#include "mem.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+#    include "internal.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fa5ea9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/cpu.h
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H
+#define AVUTIL_CPU_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE    0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */
+
+    /* lower 16 bits - CPU features */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX          0x0001 ///< standard MMX
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT       0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2         0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW        0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE          0x0008 ///< SSE functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2         0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster
+                                        ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT     0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3         0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+                                        ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3        0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM     0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4         0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42        0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI       0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX          0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW   0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. Bulldozer)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP          0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4         0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV         0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2         0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3        0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1        0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2        0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512     0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM registers aren't used
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512ICL  0x200000 ///< F/CD/BW/DQ/VL/VNNI/IFMA/VBMI/VBMI2/VPOPCNTDQ/BITALG/GFNI/VAES/VPCLMULQDQ
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER  0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers.
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC      0x0001 ///< standard
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX          0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8       0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE      (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6        (1 << 1)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2      (1 << 2)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP          (1 << 3)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3        (1 << 4)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON         (1 << 5)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8        (1 << 6)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM       (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in various CPUs implementations
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND       (1 <<16)
+
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI          (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA          (1 << 1)
+
+//Loongarch SIMD extension.
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX          (1 << 0)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX         (1 << 1)
+
+// RISC-V extensions
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVI          (1 << 0) ///< I (full GPR bank)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVF          (1 << 1) ///< F (single precision FP)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVD          (1 << 2) ///< D (double precision FP)
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I32      (1 << 3) ///< Vectors of 8/16/32-bit int's */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F32      (1 << 4) ///< Vectors of float's */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_I64      (1 << 5) ///< Vectors of 64-bit int's */
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVV_F64      (1 << 6) ///< Vectors of double's
+#define AV_CPU_FLAG_RVB_BASIC    (1 << 7) ///< Basic bit-manipulations
+
+/**
+ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU.
+ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used
+ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to
+ * detect the enabled cpu flags.
+ */
+int av_get_cpu_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags.
+ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags.
+ */
+void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on that.
+ *
+ * @return negative on error.
+ */
+int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned *flags, const char *s);
+
+/**
+ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present.
+ */
+int av_cpu_count(void);
+
+/**
+ * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count.
+ * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count.
+ */
+void av_cpu_force_count(int count);
+
+/**
+ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask,
+ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with
+ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through
+ *  av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not
+ *  present.
+ */
+size_t av_cpu_max_align(void);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f59812
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/crc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_crc32
+ * Public header for CRC hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CRC_H
+#define AVUTIL_CRC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_crc32 CRC
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * This module supports numerous CRC polynomials, in addition to the most
+ * widely used CRC-32-IEEE. See @ref AVCRCId for a list of available
+ * polynomials.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef uint32_t AVCRC;
+
+typedef enum {
+    AV_CRC_8_ATM,
+    AV_CRC_16_ANSI,
+    AV_CRC_16_CCITT,
+    AV_CRC_32_IEEE,
+    AV_CRC_32_IEEE_LE,  /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_32_IEEE */
+    AV_CRC_16_ANSI_LE,  /*< reversed bitorder version of AV_CRC_16_ANSI */
+    AV_CRC_24_IEEE,
+    AV_CRC_8_EBU,
+    AV_CRC_MAX,         /*< Not part of public API! Do not use outside libavutil. */
+}AVCRCId;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a CRC table.
+ * @param ctx must be an array of size sizeof(AVCRC)*257 or sizeof(AVCRC)*1024
+ * @param le If 1, the lowest bit represents the coefficient for the highest
+ *           exponent of the corresponding polynomial (both for poly and
+ *           actual CRC).
+ *           If 0, you must swap the CRC parameter and the result of av_crc
+ *           if you need the standard representation (can be simplified in
+ *           most cases to e.g. bswap16):
+ *           av_bswap32(crc << (32-bits))
+ * @param bits number of bits for the CRC
+ * @param poly generator polynomial without the x**bits coefficient, in the
+ *             representation as specified by le
+ * @param ctx_size size of ctx in bytes
+ * @return <0 on failure
+ */
+int av_crc_init(AVCRC *ctx, int le, int bits, uint32_t poly, int ctx_size);
+
+/**
+ * Get an initialized standard CRC table.
+ * @param crc_id ID of a standard CRC
+ * @return a pointer to the CRC table or NULL on failure
+ */
+const AVCRC *av_crc_get_table(AVCRCId crc_id);
+
+/**
+ * Calculate the CRC of a block.
+ * @param ctx initialized AVCRC array (see av_crc_init())
+ * @param crc CRC of previous blocks if any or initial value for CRC
+ * @param buffer buffer whose CRC to calculate
+ * @param length length of the buffer
+ * @return CRC updated with the data from the given block
+ *
+ * @see av_crc_init() "le" parameter
+ */
+uint32_t av_crc(const AVCRC *ctx, uint32_t crc,
+                const uint8_t *buffer, size_t length) av_pure;
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CRC_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18ef208
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/csp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_CSP_H
+#define AVUTIL_CSP_H
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Colorspace value utility functions for libavutil.
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_csp
+ * @author Ronald S. Bultje <rsbultje@gmail.com>
+ * @author Leo Izen <leo.izen@gmail.com>
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_csp Colorspace Utility
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Struct containing luma coefficients to be used for RGB to YUV/YCoCg, or similar
+ * calculations.
+ */
+typedef struct AVLumaCoefficients {
+    AVRational cr, cg, cb;
+} AVLumaCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct containing chromaticity x and y values for the standard CIE 1931
+ * chromaticity definition.
+ */
+typedef struct AVCIExy {
+    AVRational x, y;
+} AVCIExy;
+
+/**
+ * Struct defining the red, green, and blue primary locations in terms of CIE
+ * 1931 chromaticity x and y.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPrimaryCoefficients {
+    AVCIExy r, g, b;
+} AVPrimaryCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct defining white point location in terms of CIE 1931 chromaticity x
+ * and y.
+ */
+typedef AVCIExy AVWhitepointCoefficients;
+
+/**
+ * Struct that contains both white point location and primaries location, providing
+ * the complete description of a color gamut.
+ */
+typedef struct AVColorPrimariesDesc {
+    AVWhitepointCoefficients wp;
+    AVPrimaryCoefficients prim;
+} AVColorPrimariesDesc;
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves the Luma coefficients necessary to construct a conversion matrix
+ * from an enum constant describing the colorspace.
+ * @param csp An enum constant indicating YUV or similar colorspace.
+ * @return The Luma coefficients associated with that colorspace, or NULL
+ *     if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
+ */
+const AVLumaCoefficients *av_csp_luma_coeffs_from_avcsp(enum AVColorSpace csp);
+
+/**
+ * Retrieves a complete gamut description from an enum constant describing the
+ * color primaries.
+ * @param prm An enum constant indicating primaries
+ * @return A description of the colorspace gamut associated with that enum
+ *     constant, or NULL if the constant is unknown to libavutil.
+ */
+const AVColorPrimariesDesc *av_csp_primaries_desc_from_id(enum AVColorPrimaries prm);
+
+/**
+ * Detects which enum AVColorPrimaries constant corresponds to the given complete
+ * gamut description.
+ * @see enum AVColorPrimaries
+ * @param prm A description of the colorspace gamut
+ * @return The enum constant associated with this gamut, or
+ *     AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED if no clear match can be idenitified.
+ */
+enum AVColorPrimaries av_csp_primaries_id_from_desc(const AVColorPrimariesDesc *prm);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_CSP_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a3e6fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/des.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * DES encryption/decryption
+ * Copyright (c) 2007 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DES_H
+#define AVUTIL_DES_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_des DES
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDES {
+    uint64_t round_keys[3][16];
+    int triple_des;
+} AVDES;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDES context.
+ */
+AVDES *av_des_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVDES context.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to a AVDES structure to initialize
+ * @param key pointer to the key to use
+ * @param key_bits must be 64 or 192
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption/CBC-MAC, 1 for decryption
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_des_init(struct AVDES *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used,
+ *           must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_des_crypt(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Calculates CBC-MAC using the DES algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVDES structure
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src, must be 8-byte aligned
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, must be 8-byte aligned, may be NULL
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ */
+void av_des_mac(struct AVDES *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DES_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0119880
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/detection_bbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_DETECTION_BBOX_H
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avassert.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+
+typedef struct AVDetectionBBox {
+    /**
+     * Distance in pixels from the left/top edge of the frame,
+     * together with width and height, defining the bounding box.
+     */
+    int x;
+    int y;
+    int w;
+    int h;
+
+#define AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+    /**
+     * Detect result with confidence
+     */
+    char detect_label[AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
+    AVRational detect_confidence;
+
+    /**
+     * At most 4 classifications based on the detected bounding box.
+     * For example, we can get max 4 different attributes with 4 different
+     * DNN models on one bounding box.
+     * classify_count is zero if no classification.
+     */
+#define AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY 4
+    uint32_t classify_count;
+    char classify_labels[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY][AV_DETECTION_BBOX_LABEL_NAME_MAX_SIZE];
+    AVRational classify_confidences[AV_NUM_DETECTION_BBOX_CLASSIFY];
+} AVDetectionBBox;
+
+typedef struct AVDetectionBBoxHeader {
+    /**
+     * Information about how the bounding box is generated.
+     * for example, the DNN model name.
+     */
+    char source[256];
+
+    /**
+     * Number of bounding boxes in the array.
+     */
+    uint32_t nb_bboxes;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which
+     * the array of bounding boxes starts.
+     */
+    size_t bboxes_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Size of each bounding box in bytes.
+     */
+    size_t bbox_size;
+} AVDetectionBBoxHeader;
+
+/*
+ * Get the bounding box at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_bboxes.
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVDetectionBBox *
+av_get_detection_bbox(const AVDetectionBBoxHeader *header, unsigned int idx)
+{
+    av_assert0(idx < header->nb_bboxes);
+    return (AVDetectionBBox *)((uint8_t *)header + header->bboxes_offset +
+                               idx * header->bbox_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
+ * AVDetectionBBox, and initializes the variables.
+ * Can be freed with a normal av_free() call.
+ *
+ * @param nb_bboxes number of AVDetectionBBox structures to allocate
+ * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
+ * written here.
+ */
+AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_alloc(uint32_t nb_bboxes, size_t *out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVDetectionBBoxHeader, plus an array of {@code nb_bboxes}
+ * AVDetectionBBox, in the given AVFrame {@code frame} as AVFrameSideData of type
+ * AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES and initializes the variables.
+ */
+AVDetectionBBoxHeader *av_detection_bbox_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, uint32_t nb_bboxes);
+#endif
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..713c9e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dict.h
@@ -0,0 +1,241 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Public dictionary API.
+ * @deprecated
+ *  AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in
+ *  implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is
+ *  extremely slow with large dictionaries.
+ *  It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h
+ *  where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H
+#define AVUTIL_DICT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @brief Simple key:value store
+ *
+ * @{
+ * Dictionaries are used for storing key-value pairs.
+ *
+ * - To **create an AVDictionary**, simply pass an address of a NULL
+ *   pointer to av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary
+ *   wherever a pointer to an AVDictionary is required.
+ * - To **insert an entry**, use av_dict_set().
+ * - Use av_dict_get() to **retrieve an entry**.
+ * - To **iterate over all entries**, use av_dict_iterate().
+ * - In order to **free the dictionary and all its contents**, use av_dict_free().
+ *
+ @code
+   AVDictionary *d = NULL;           // "create" an empty dictionary
+   AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL;
+
+   av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry
+
+   char *k = av_strdup("key");       // if your strings are already allocated,
+   char *v = av_strdup("value");     // you can avoid copying them like this
+   av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL);
+
+   while ((t = av_dict_iterate(d, t))) {
+       <....>                        // iterate over all entries in d
+   }
+   av_dict_free(&d);
+ @endcode
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @name AVDictionary Flags
+ * Flags that influence behavior of the matching of keys or insertion to the dictionary.
+ * @{
+ */
+#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE      1   /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX   2   /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to the search key,
+                                         ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only relevant in av_dict_get(). */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY 4   /**< Take ownership of a key that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL 8   /**< Take ownership of a value that's been
+                                         allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */
+#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16   /**< Don't overwrite existing entries. */
+#define AV_DICT_APPEND         32   /**< If the entry already exists, append to it.  Note that no
+                                         delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */
+#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY       64   /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry {
+    char *key;
+    char *value;
+} AVDictionaryEntry;
+
+typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary;
+
+/**
+ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key.
+ *
+ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will
+ * cause undefined behavior.
+ *
+ * @param prev  Set to the previous matching element to find the next.
+ *              If set to NULL the first matching element is returned.
+ * @param key   Matching key
+ * @param flags A collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the
+ *              entry is retrieved
+ *
+ * @return      Found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the dictionary
+ */
+AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_get(const AVDictionary *m, const char *key,
+                               const AVDictionaryEntry *prev, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over a dictionary
+ *
+ * Iterates through all entries in the dictionary.
+ *
+ * @warning The returned AVDictionaryEntry key/value must not be changed.
+ *
+ * @warning As av_dict_set() invalidates all previous entries returned
+ * by this function, it must not be called while iterating over the dict.
+ *
+ * Typical usage:
+ * @code
+ * const AVDictionaryEntry *e = NULL;
+ * while ((e = av_dict_iterate(m, e))) {
+ *     // ...
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param m     The dictionary to iterate over
+ * @param prev  Pointer to the previous AVDictionaryEntry, NULL initially
+ *
+ * @retval AVDictionaryEntry* The next element in the dictionary
+ * @retval NULL               No more elements in the dictionary
+ */
+const AVDictionaryEntry *av_dict_iterate(const AVDictionary *m,
+                                         const AVDictionaryEntry *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Get number of entries in dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param m dictionary
+ * @return  number of entries in dictionary
+ */
+int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary *m);
+
+/**
+ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry.
+ *
+ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set,
+ * these arguments will be freed on error.
+ *
+ * @warning Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries
+ * previously returned with av_dict_get() or av_dict_iterate().
+ *
+ * @param pm        Pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL
+ *                  a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm.
+ * @param key       Entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags)
+ * @param value     Entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new key depending on flags).
+ *                  Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to be deleted.
+ *
+ * @return          >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0
+ */
+int av_dict_set(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, const char *value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set() that converts the value to a string
+ * and stores it.
+ *
+ * Note: If ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error.
+ */
+int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary **pm, const char *key, int64_t value, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary.
+ *
+ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in
+ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary.
+ *
+ * @param key_val_sep  A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep    A 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other
+ * @param flags        Flags to use when adding to the dictionary.
+ *                     ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and ::AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL
+ *                     are ignored since the key/value tokens will always
+ *                     be duplicated.
+ *
+ * @return             0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary **pm, const char *str,
+                         const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+                         int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another.
+ *
+ * @note Metadata is read using the ::AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag
+ *
+ * @param dst   Pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct to copy into. If *dst is NULL,
+ *              this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst
+ * @param src   Pointer to the source AVDictionary struct to copy items from.
+ * @param flags Flags to use when setting entries in *dst
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated
+ *           by this function, callers should free the associated memory.
+ */
+int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary **dst, const AVDictionary *src, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct
+ * and all keys and values.
+ */
+void av_dict_free(AVDictionary **m);
+
+/**
+ * Get dictionary entries as a string.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string().
+ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\').
+ *
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  m             The dictionary
+ * @param[out] buffer        Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg entries.
+ *                           Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in]  key_val_sep   Character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in]  pairs_sep     Character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ *
+ * @return                   >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ */
+int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary *m, char **buffer,
+                       const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..50f2b44
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/display.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_video_display
+ * Display matrix
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+#define AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_display Display transformation matrix functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_video
+ *
+ * The display transformation matrix specifies an affine transformation that
+ * should be applied to video frames for correct presentation. It is compatible
+ * with the matrices stored in the ISO/IEC 14496-12 container format.
+ *
+ * The data is a 3x3 matrix represented as a 9-element array:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ *                                  | a b u |
+ *   (a, b, u, c, d, v, x, y, w) -> | c d v |
+ *                                  | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * All numbers are stored in native endianness, as 16.16 fixed-point values,
+ * except for u, v and w, which are stored as 2.30 fixed-point values.
+ *
+ * The transformation maps a point (p, q) in the source (pre-transformation)
+ * frame to the point (p', q') in the destination (post-transformation) frame as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ *               | a b u |
+ *   (p, q, 1) . | c d v | = z * (p', q', 1)
+ *               | x y w |
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The transformation can also be more explicitly written in components as
+ * follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.unparsed}
+ *   p' = (a * p + c * q + x) / z;
+ *   q' = (b * p + d * q + y) / z;
+ *   z  =  u * p + v * q + w
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Extract the rotation component of the transformation matrix.
+ *
+ * @param matrix the transformation matrix
+ * @return the angle (in degrees) by which the transformation rotates the frame
+ *         counterclockwise. The angle will be in range [-180.0, 180.0],
+ *         or NaN if the matrix is singular.
+ *
+ * @note floating point numbers are inherently inexact, so callers are
+ *       recommended to round the return value to nearest integer before use.
+ */
+double av_display_rotation_get(const int32_t matrix[9]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transformation matrix describing a pure clockwise
+ * rotation by the specified angle (in degrees).
+ *
+ * @param[out] matrix a transformation matrix (will be fully overwritten
+ *                    by this function)
+ * @param angle rotation angle in degrees.
+ */
+void av_display_rotation_set(int32_t matrix[9], double angle);
+
+/**
+ * Flip the input matrix horizontally and/or vertically.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] matrix a transformation matrix
+ * @param hflip whether the matrix should be flipped horizontally
+ * @param vflip whether the matrix should be flipped vertically
+ */
+void av_display_matrix_flip(int32_t matrix[9], int hflip, int vflip);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DISPLAY_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3d11e02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/dovi_meta.h
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2020 Vacing Fang <vacingfang@tencent.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * DOVI configuration
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/*
+ * DOVI configuration
+ * ref: dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2
+        dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2
+ * @code
+ * uint8_t  dv_version_major, the major version number that the stream complies with
+ * uint8_t  dv_version_minor, the minor version number that the stream complies with
+ * uint8_t  dv_profile, the Dolby Vision profile
+ * uint8_t  dv_level, the Dolby Vision level
+ * uint8_t  rpu_present_flag
+ * uint8_t  el_present_flag
+ * uint8_t  bl_present_flag
+ * uint8_t  dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord {
+    uint8_t dv_version_major;
+    uint8_t dv_version_minor;
+    uint8_t dv_profile;
+    uint8_t dv_level;
+    uint8_t rpu_present_flag;
+    uint8_t el_present_flag;
+    uint8_t bl_present_flag;
+    uint8_t dv_bl_signal_compatibility_id;
+} AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord structure and initialize its
+ * fields to default values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord *av_dovi_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU data header.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIRpuDataHeader) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIRpuDataHeader {
+    uint8_t rpu_type;
+    uint16_t rpu_format;
+    uint8_t vdr_rpu_profile;
+    uint8_t vdr_rpu_level;
+    uint8_t chroma_resampling_explicit_filter_flag;
+    uint8_t coef_data_type; /* informative, lavc always converts to fixed */
+    uint8_t coef_log2_denom;
+    uint8_t vdr_rpu_normalized_idc;
+    uint8_t bl_video_full_range_flag;
+    uint8_t bl_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+    uint8_t el_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+    uint8_t vdr_bit_depth; /* [8, 16] */
+    uint8_t spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
+    uint8_t el_spatial_resampling_filter_flag;
+    uint8_t disable_residual_flag;
+} AVDOVIRpuDataHeader;
+
+enum AVDOVIMappingMethod {
+    AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL = 0,
+    AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coefficients of a piece-wise function. The pieces of the function span the
+ * value ranges between two adjacent pivot values.
+ */
+#define AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES 8
+typedef struct AVDOVIReshapingCurve {
+    uint8_t num_pivots;                         /* [2, 9] */
+    uint16_t pivots[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES + 1];    /* sorted ascending */
+    enum AVDOVIMappingMethod mapping_idc[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
+    /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_POLYNOMIAL */
+    uint8_t poly_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];     /* [1, 2] */
+    int64_t poly_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3];   /* x^0, x^1, x^2 */
+    /* AV_DOVI_MAPPING_MMR */
+    uint8_t mmr_order[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];      /* [1, 3] */
+    int64_t mmr_constant[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES];
+    int64_t mmr_coef[AV_DOVI_MAX_PIECES][3/* order - 1 */][7];
+} AVDOVIReshapingCurve;
+
+enum AVDOVINLQMethod {
+    AV_DOVI_NLQ_NONE = -1,
+    AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ = 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Coefficients of the non-linear inverse quantization. For the interpretation
+ * of these, see ETSI GS CCM 001.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVINLQParams {
+    uint16_t nlq_offset;
+    uint64_t vdr_in_max;
+    /* AV_DOVI_NLQ_LINEAR_DZ */
+    uint64_t linear_deadzone_slope;
+    uint64_t linear_deadzone_threshold;
+} AVDOVINLQParams;
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU data mapping parameters.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIDataMapping) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIDataMapping {
+    uint8_t vdr_rpu_id;
+    uint8_t mapping_color_space;
+    uint8_t mapping_chroma_format_idc;
+    AVDOVIReshapingCurve curves[3]; /* per component */
+
+    /* Non-linear inverse quantization */
+    enum AVDOVINLQMethod nlq_method_idc;
+    uint32_t num_x_partitions;
+    uint32_t num_y_partitions;
+    AVDOVINLQParams nlq[3]; /* per component */
+} AVDOVIDataMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Dolby Vision RPU colorspace metadata parameters.
+ *
+ * @note sizeof(AVDOVIColorMetadata) is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDOVIColorMetadata {
+    uint8_t dm_metadata_id;
+    uint8_t scene_refresh_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * Coefficients of the custom Dolby Vision IPT-PQ matrices. These are to be
+     * used instead of the matrices indicated by the frame's colorspace tags.
+     * The output of rgb_to_lms_matrix is to be fed into a BT.2020 LMS->RGB
+     * matrix based on a Hunt-Pointer-Estevez transform, but without any
+     * crosstalk. (See the definition of the ICtCp colorspace for more
+     * information.)
+     */
+    AVRational ycc_to_rgb_matrix[9]; /* before PQ linearization */
+    AVRational ycc_to_rgb_offset[3]; /* input offset of neutral value */
+    AVRational rgb_to_lms_matrix[9]; /* after PQ linearization */
+
+    /**
+     * Extra signal metadata (see Dolby patents for more info).
+     */
+    uint16_t signal_eotf;
+    uint16_t signal_eotf_param0;
+    uint16_t signal_eotf_param1;
+    uint32_t signal_eotf_param2;
+    uint8_t signal_bit_depth;
+    uint8_t signal_color_space;
+    uint8_t signal_chroma_format;
+    uint8_t signal_full_range_flag; /* [0, 3] */
+    uint16_t source_min_pq;
+    uint16_t source_max_pq;
+    uint16_t source_diagonal;
+} AVDOVIColorMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Combined struct representing a combination of header, mapping and color
+ * metadata, for attaching to frames as side data.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_dovi_metadata_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVDOVIMetadata {
+    /**
+     * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the
+     * respective structs start.
+     */
+    size_t header_offset;   /* AVDOVIRpuDataHeader */
+    size_t mapping_offset;  /* AVDOVIDataMapping */
+    size_t color_offset;    /* AVDOVIColorMetadata */
+} AVDOVIMetadata;
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *
+av_dovi_get_header(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+    return (AVDOVIRpuDataHeader *)((uint8_t *) data + data->header_offset);
+}
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIDataMapping *
+av_dovi_get_mapping(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+    return (AVDOVIDataMapping *)((uint8_t *) data + data->mapping_offset);
+}
+
+static av_always_inline AVDOVIColorMetadata *
+av_dovi_get_color(const AVDOVIMetadata *data)
+{
+    return (AVDOVIColorMetadata *)((uint8_t *) data + data->color_offset);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDOVIMetadata structure and initialize its
+ * fields to default values.
+ *
+ * @param size If this parameter is non-NULL, the size in bytes of the
+ *             allocated struct will be written here on success
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVDOVIMetadata *av_dovi_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOVI_META_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..221cf5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/downmix_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2014 Tim Walker <tdskywalker@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * audio downmix medatata
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup downmix_info Audio downmix metadata
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Possible downmix types.
+ */
+enum AVDownmixType {
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_UNKNOWN, /**< Not indicated. */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LORO,    /**< Lo/Ro 2-channel downmix (Stereo). */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_LTRT,    /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Surround compatible. */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_DPLII,   /**< Lt/Rt 2-channel downmix, Dolby Pro Logic II compatible. */
+    AV_DOWNMIX_TYPE_NB       /**< Number of downmix types. Not part of ABI. */
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes optional metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+ *
+ * All fields are set by the decoder to the value indicated in the audio
+ * bitstream (if present), or to a "sane" default otherwise.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDownmixInfo {
+    /**
+     * Type of downmix preferred by the mastering engineer.
+     */
+    enum AVDownmixType preferred_downmix_type;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+     * channel during a regular downmix.
+     */
+    double center_mix_level;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the center
+     * channel during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+     */
+    double center_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+     * channels during a regular downmix.
+     */
+    double surround_mix_level;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the nominal level of the surround
+     * channels during an Lt/Rt compatible downmix.
+     */
+    double surround_mix_level_ltrt;
+
+    /**
+     * Absolute scale factor representing the level at which the LFE data is
+     * mixed into L/R channels during downmixing.
+     */
+    double lfe_mix_level;
+} AVDownmixInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Get a frame's AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO side data for editing.
+ *
+ * If the side data is absent, it is created and added to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame for which the side data is to be obtained or created
+ *
+ * @return the AVDownmixInfo structure to be edited by the caller, or NULL if
+ *         the structure cannot be allocated.
+ */
+AVDownmixInfo *av_downmix_info_update_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_DOWNMIX_INFO_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8fe7ebf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/encryption_info.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/**
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo {
+    /** The number of bytes that are clear. */
+    unsigned int bytes_of_clear_data;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of bytes that are protected.  If using pattern encryption,
+     * the pattern applies to only the protected bytes; if not using pattern
+     * encryption, all these bytes are encrypted.
+     */
+    unsigned int bytes_of_protected_data;
+} AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes encryption info for a packet.  This contains frame-specific
+ * info for how to decrypt the packet before passing it to the decoder.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInfo {
+    /** The fourcc encryption scheme, in big-endian byte order. */
+    uint32_t scheme;
+
+    /**
+     * Only used for pattern encryption.  This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+     * that are encrypted.
+     */
+    uint32_t crypt_byte_block;
+
+    /**
+     * Only used for pattern encryption.  This is the number of 16-byte blocks
+     * that are clear.
+     */
+    uint32_t skip_byte_block;
+
+    /**
+     * The ID of the key used to encrypt the packet.  This should always be
+     * 16 bytes long, but may be changed in the future.
+     */
+    uint8_t *key_id;
+    uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+    /**
+     * The initialization vector.  This may have been zero-filled to be the
+     * correct block size.  This should always be 16 bytes long, but may be
+     * changed in the future.
+     */
+    uint8_t *iv;
+    uint32_t iv_size;
+
+    /**
+     * An array of subsample encryption info specifying how parts of the sample
+     * are encrypted.  If there are no subsamples, then the whole sample is
+     * encrypted.
+     */
+    AVSubsampleEncryptionInfo *subsamples;
+    uint32_t subsample_count;
+} AVEncryptionInfo;
+
+/**
+ * This describes info used to initialize an encryption key system.
+ *
+ * The size of this struct is not part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVEncryptionInitInfo {
+    /**
+     * A unique identifier for the key system this is for, can be NULL if it
+     * is not known.  This should always be 16 bytes, but may change in the
+     * future.
+     */
+    uint8_t* system_id;
+    uint32_t system_id_size;
+
+    /**
+     * An array of key IDs this initialization data is for.  All IDs are the
+     * same length.  Can be NULL if there are no known key IDs.
+     */
+    uint8_t** key_ids;
+    /** The number of key IDs. */
+    uint32_t num_key_ids;
+    /**
+     * The number of bytes in each key ID.  This should always be 16, but may
+     * change in the future.
+     */
+    uint32_t key_id_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Key-system specific initialization data.  This data is copied directly
+     * from the file and the format depends on the specific key system.  This
+     * can be NULL if there is no initialization data; in that case, there
+     * will be at least one key ID.
+     */
+    uint8_t* data;
+    uint32_t data_size;
+
+    /**
+     * An optional pointer to the next initialization info in the list.
+     */
+    struct AVEncryptionInitInfo *next;
+} AVEncryptionInitInfo;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the given
+ * number of subsamples.  This will allocate pointers for the key ID, IV,
+ * and subsample entries, set the size members, and zero-initialize the rest.
+ *
+ * @param subsample_count The number of subsamples.
+ * @param key_id_size The number of bytes in the key ID, should be 16.
+ * @param iv_size The number of bytes in the IV, should be 16.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_alloc(uint32_t subsample_count, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t iv_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInfo structure with a copy of the given data.
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_clone(const AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption info object.  This MUST NOT be used to free the
+ * side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_info_free(AVEncryptionInfo *info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInfo that is contained in the given side
+ * data.  The resulting object should be passed to av_encryption_info_free()
+ * when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInfo *av_encryption_info_get_side_data(const uint8_t *side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * info.  The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or given
+ * to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_info_add_side_data(
+      const AVEncryptionInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+
+/**
+ * Allocates an AVEncryptionInitInfo structure and sub-pointers to hold the
+ * given sizes.  This will allocate pointers and set all the fields.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_alloc(
+    uint32_t system_id_size, uint32_t num_key_ids, uint32_t key_id_size, uint32_t data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Frees the given encryption init info object.  This MUST NOT be used to free
+ * the side-data data pointer, that should use normal side-data methods.
+ */
+void av_encryption_init_info_free(AVEncryptionInitInfo* info);
+
+/**
+ * Creates a copy of the AVEncryptionInitInfo that is contained in the given
+ * side data.  The resulting object should be passed to
+ * av_encryption_init_info_free() when done.
+ *
+ * @return The new AVEncryptionInitInfo structure, or NULL on error.
+ */
+AVEncryptionInitInfo *av_encryption_init_info_get_side_data(
+    const uint8_t* side_data, size_t side_data_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates and initializes side data that holds a copy of the given encryption
+ * init info.  The resulting pointer should be either freed using av_free or
+ * given to av_packet_add_side_data().
+ *
+ * @return The new side-data pointer, or NULL.
+ */
+uint8_t *av_encryption_init_info_add_side_data(
+    const AVEncryptionInitInfo *info, size_t *side_data_size);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ENCRYPTION_INFO_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d3269a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/error.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * error code definitions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_error
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+/* error handling */
+#if EDOM > 0
+#define AVERROR(e) (-(e))   ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to return from library functions.
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return value.
+#else
+/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */
+#define AVERROR(e) (e)
+#define AVUNERROR(e) (e)
+#endif
+
+#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d))
+
+#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND      FFERRTAG(0xF8,'B','S','F') ///< Bitstream filter not found
+#define AVERROR_BUG                FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G','!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2
+#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL   FFERRTAG( 'B','U','F','S') ///< Buffer too small
+#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','C') ///< Decoder not found
+#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'D','E','M') ///< Demuxer not found
+#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'E','N','C') ///< Encoder not found
+#define AVERROR_EOF                FFERRTAG( 'E','O','F',' ') ///< End of file
+#define AVERROR_EXIT               FFERRTAG( 'E','X','I','T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called function should not be restarted
+#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL           FFERRTAG( 'E','X','T',' ') ///< Generic error in an external library
+#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'F','I','L') ///< Filter not found
+#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA        FFERRTAG( 'I','N','D','A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input
+#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND    FFERRTAG(0xF8,'M','U','X') ///< Muxer not found
+#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'O','P','T') ///< Option not found
+#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME       FFERRTAG( 'P','A','W','E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome
+#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8,'P','R','O') ///< Protocol not found
+
+#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'S','T','R') ///< Stream not found
+/**
+ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG
+ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified value.
+ */
+#define AVERROR_BUG2               FFERRTAG( 'B','U','G',' ')
+#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN            FFERRTAG( 'U','N','K','N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library
+#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL       (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it.
+#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED      (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED)
+#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED     (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED)
+/* HTTP & RTSP errors */
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST   FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','0')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','1')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','3')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','0','4')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX     FFERRTAG(0xF8,'4','X','X')
+#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR  FFERRTAG(0xF8,'5','X','X')
+
+#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf.
+ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the
+ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic
+ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf.
+ *
+ * @param errnum      error code to describe
+ * @param errbuf      buffer to which description is written
+ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum
+ * cannot be found
+ */
+int av_strerror(int errnum, char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string
+ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum.
+ *
+ * @param errbuf         a buffer
+ * @param errbuf_size    size in bytes of errbuf
+ * @param errnum         error code to describe
+ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description
+ * @see av_strerror()
+ */
+static inline char *av_make_error_string(char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, int errnum)
+{
+    av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size);
+    return errbuf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_err2str(errnum) \
+    av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee8cffb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/eval.h
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2002 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * simple arithmetic expression evaluator
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_EVAL_H
+
+typedef struct AVExpr AVExpr;
+
+/**
+ * Parse and evaluate an expression.
+ * Note, this is significantly slower than av_expr_eval().
+ *
+ * @param res a pointer to a double where is put the result value of
+ * the expression, or NAN in case of error
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from const_names
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse_and_eval(double *res, const char *s,
+                           const char * const *const_names, const double *const_values,
+                           const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                           const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                           void *opaque, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse an expression.
+ *
+ * @param expr a pointer where is put an AVExpr containing the parsed
+ * value in case of successful parsing, or NULL otherwise.
+ * The pointed to AVExpr must be freed with av_expr_free() by the user
+ * when it is not needed anymore.
+ * @param s expression as a zero terminated string, for example "1+2^3+5*5+sin(2/3)"
+ * @param const_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of constant identifiers, for example {"PI", "E", 0}
+ * @param func1_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs1 identifiers
+ * @param funcs1 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 1 argument
+ * @param func2_names NULL terminated array of zero terminated strings of funcs2 identifiers
+ * @param funcs2 NULL terminated array of function pointers for functions which take 2 arguments
+ * @param log_offset log level offset, can be used to silence error messages
+ * @param log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_expr_parse(AVExpr **expr, const char *s,
+                  const char * const *const_names,
+                  const char * const *func1_names, double (* const *funcs1)(void *, double),
+                  const char * const *func2_names, double (* const *funcs2)(void *, double, double),
+                  int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Evaluate a previously parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param e the AVExpr to evaluate
+ * @param const_values a zero terminated array of values for the identifiers from av_expr_parse() const_names
+ * @param opaque a pointer which will be passed to all functions from funcs1 and funcs2
+ * @return the value of the expression
+ */
+double av_expr_eval(AVExpr *e, const double *const_values, void *opaque);
+
+/**
+ * Track the presence of variables and their number of occurrences in a parsed expression
+ *
+ * @param e the AVExpr to track variables in
+ * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each variable will be stored
+ * @param size size of array
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
+ * or size was zero
+ */
+int av_expr_count_vars(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Track the presence of user provided functions and their number of occurrences
+ * in a parsed expression.
+ *
+ * @param e the AVExpr to track user provided functions in
+ * @param counter a zero-initialized array where the count of each function will be stored
+ *                if you passed 5 functions with 2 arguments to av_expr_parse()
+ *                then for arg=2 this will use upto 5 entries.
+ * @param size size of array
+ * @param arg number of arguments the counted functions have
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative value indicates that no expression or array was passed
+ * or size was zero
+ */
+int av_expr_count_func(AVExpr *e, unsigned *counter, int size, int arg);
+
+/**
+ * Free a parsed expression previously created with av_expr_parse().
+ */
+void av_expr_free(AVExpr *e);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the string in numstr and return its value as a double. If
+ * the string is empty, contains only whitespaces, or does not contain
+ * an initial substring that has the expected syntax for a
+ * floating-point number, no conversion is performed. In this case,
+ * returns a value of zero and the value returned in tail is the value
+ * of numstr.
+ *
+ * @param numstr a string representing a number, may contain one of
+ * the International System number postfixes, for example 'K', 'M',
+ * 'G'. If 'i' is appended after the postfix, powers of 2 are used
+ * instead of powers of 10. The 'B' postfix multiplies the value by
+ * 8, and can be appended after another postfix or used alone. This
+ * allows using for example 'KB', 'MiB', 'G' and 'B' as postfix.
+ * @param tail if non-NULL puts here the pointer to the char next
+ * after the last parsed character
+ */
+double av_strtod(const char *numstr, char **tail);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_EVAL_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db56165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ffversion.h
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* Automatically generated by version.sh, do not manually edit! */
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H
+#define FFMPEG_VERSION "N-109379-g2eb7151261"
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FFVERSION_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..70f9376
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/fifo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_fifo
+ * A generic FIFO API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+#define AVUTIL_FIFO_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_fifo AVFifo
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * A generic FIFO API
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVFifo AVFifo;
+
+/**
+ * Callback for writing or reading from a FIFO, passed to (and invoked from) the
+ * av_fifo_*_cb() functions. It may be invoked multiple times from a single
+ * av_fifo_*_cb() call and may process less data than the maximum size indicated
+ * by nb_elems.
+ *
+ * @param opaque the opaque pointer provided to the av_fifo_*_cb() function
+ * @param buf the buffer for reading or writing the data, depending on which
+ *            av_fifo_*_cb function is called
+ * @param nb_elems On entry contains the maximum number of elements that can be
+ *                 read from / written into buf. On success, the callback should
+ *                 update it to contain the number of elements actually written.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative error code on failure (will be returned from
+ *         the invoking av_fifo_*_cb() function)
+ */
+typedef int AVFifoCB(void *opaque, void *buf, size_t *nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Automatically resize the FIFO on writes, so that the data fits. This
+ * automatic resizing happens up to a limit that can be modified with
+ * av_fifo_auto_grow_limit().
+ */
+#define AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW      (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and initialize an AVFifo with a given element size.
+ *
+ * @param elems     initial number of elements that can be stored in the FIFO
+ * @param elem_size Size in bytes of a single element. Further operations on
+ *                  the returned FIFO will implicitly use this element size.
+ * @param flags a combination of AV_FIFO_FLAG_*
+ *
+ * @return newly-allocated AVFifo on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+AVFifo *av_fifo_alloc2(size_t elems, size_t elem_size,
+                       unsigned int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return Element size for FIFO operations. This element size is set at
+ *         FIFO allocation and remains constant during its lifetime
+ */
+size_t av_fifo_elem_size(const AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size (in elements) to which the FIFO can be resized
+ * automatically. Has no effect unless AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW is used.
+ */
+void av_fifo_auto_grow_limit(AVFifo *f, size_t max_elems);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of elements available for reading from the given FIFO.
+ */
+size_t av_fifo_can_read(const AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * @return Number of elements that can be written into the given FIFO without
+ *         growing it.
+ *
+ *         In other words, this number of elements or less is guaranteed to fit
+ *         into the FIFO. More data may be written when the
+ *         AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag was specified at FIFO creation, but this
+ *         may involve memory allocation, which can fail.
+ */
+size_t av_fifo_can_write(const AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifo.
+ *
+ * On success, the FIFO will be large enough to hold exactly
+ * inc + av_fifo_can_read() + av_fifo_can_write()
+ * elements. In case of failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifo to resize
+ * @param inc number of elements to allocate for, in addition to the current
+ *            allocated size
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_grow2(AVFifo *f, size_t inc);
+
+/**
+ * Write data into a FIFO.
+ *
+ * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_write(f) and the AV_FIFO_FLAG_AUTO_GROW flag
+ * was not specified at FIFO creation, nothing is written and an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * Calling function is guaranteed to succeed if nb_elems <= av_fifo_can_write(f).
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param buf Data to be written. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes will be
+ *            read from buf on success.
+ * @param nb_elems number of elements to write into FIFO
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_write(AVFifo *f, const void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Write data from a user-provided callback into a FIFO.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param read_cb Callback supplying the data to the FIFO. May be called
+ *                multiple times.
+ * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to read_cb
+ * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
+ *                 written. Will be updated to contain the number of elements
+ *                 actually written.
+ *
+ * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_write_from_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB read_cb,
+                          void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from a FIFO.
+ *
+ * In case nb_elems > av_fifo_can_read(f), nothing is read and an error
+ * is returned.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
+ *            will be written into buf on success.
+ * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_read(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
+ *                 multiple times.
+ * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
+ * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
+ *                 read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
+ *                 actually sent to the callback.
+ *
+ * @return non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_read_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb,
+                       void *opaque, size_t *nb_elems);
+
+/**
+ * Read data from a FIFO without modifying FIFO state.
+ *
+ * Returns an error if an attempt is made to peek to nonexistent elements
+ * (i.e. if offset + nb_elems is larger than av_fifo_can_read(f)).
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param buf Buffer to store the data. nb_elems * av_fifo_elem_size(f) bytes
+ *            will be written into buf.
+ * @param nb_elems number of elements to read from FIFO
+ * @param offset number of initial elements to skip.
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_peek(AVFifo *f, void *buf, size_t nb_elems, size_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a FIFO into a user-provided callback.
+ *
+ * @param f the FIFO buffer
+ * @param write_cb Callback the data will be supplied to. May be called
+ *                 multiple times.
+ * @param opaque opaque user data to be provided to write_cb
+ * @param nb_elems Should point to the maximum number of elements that can be
+ *                 read. Will be updated to contain the total number of elements
+ *                 actually sent to the callback.
+ * @param offset number of initial elements to skip; offset + *nb_elems must not
+ *               be larger than av_fifo_can_read(f).
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_fifo_peek_to_cb(AVFifo *f, AVFifoCB write_cb, void *opaque,
+                       size_t *nb_elems, size_t offset);
+
+/**
+ * Discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifo.
+ * @param size number of elements to discard, MUST NOT be larger than
+ *             av_fifo_can_read(f)
+ */
+void av_fifo_drain2(AVFifo *f, size_t size);
+
+/*
+ * Empty the AVFifo.
+ * @param f AVFifo to reset
+ */
+void av_fifo_reset2(AVFifo *f);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifo and reset pointer to NULL.
+ * @param f Pointer to an AVFifo to free. *f == NULL is allowed.
+ */
+void av_fifo_freep2(AVFifo **f);
+
+
+#if FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API
+typedef struct AVFifoBuffer {
+    uint8_t *buffer;
+    uint8_t *rptr, *wptr, *end;
+    uint32_t rndx, wndx;
+} AVFifoBuffer;
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param size of FIFO
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc(unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param nmemb number of elements
+ * @param size  size of the single element
+ * @return AVFifoBuffer or NULL in case of memory allocation failure
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_alloc2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+AVFifoBuffer *av_fifo_alloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_free(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVFifoBuffer and reset pointer to NULL.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to free
+ * @deprecated use the AVFifo API with av_fifo_freep2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_freep(AVFifoBuffer **f);
+
+/**
+ * Reset the AVFifoBuffer to the state right after av_fifo_alloc, in particular it is emptied.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to reset
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_reset2() with the new AVFifo-API
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_reset(AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of data in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can read from it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @return size
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_read() with the new AVFifo-API
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_size(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Return the amount of space in bytes in the AVFifoBuffer, that is the
+ * amount of data you can write into it.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write into
+ * @return size
+ * @deprecated use av_fifo_can_write() with the new AVFifo-API
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_space(const AVFifoBuffer *f);
+
+/**
+ * Feed data at specific position from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param offset offset from current read position
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
+ *             av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_peek_at(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int offset, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * Similar as av_fifo_gereric_read but without discarding data.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() when func == NULL,
+ *             av_fifo_peek_to_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_peek(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from an AVFifoBuffer to a user-supplied callback.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param buf_size number of bytes to read
+ * @param func generic read function
+ * @param dest data destination
+ *
+ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_read() when func == NULL,
+ *             av_fifo_read_to_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_read(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *dest, int buf_size, void (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Feed data from a user-supplied callback to an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to write to
+ * @param src data source; non-const since it may be used as a
+ * modifiable context by the function defined in func
+ * @param size number of bytes to write
+ * @param func generic write function; the first parameter is src,
+ * the second is dest_buf, the third is dest_buf_size.
+ * func must return the number of bytes written to dest_buf, or <= 0 to
+ * indicate no more data available to write.
+ * If func is NULL, src is interpreted as a simple byte array for source data.
+ * @return the number of bytes written to the FIFO or a negative error code on failure
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_write() when func == NULL,
+ *             av_fifo_write_from_cb() otherwise
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_generic_write(AVFifoBuffer *f, void *src, int size, int (*func)(void*, void*, int));
+
+/**
+ * Resize an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param size new AVFifoBuffer size in bytes
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2() to increase FIFO size,
+ *             decreasing FIFO size is not supported
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_realloc2(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int size);
+
+/**
+ * Enlarge an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * In case of reallocation failure, the old FIFO is kept unchanged.
+ * The new fifo size may be larger than the requested size.
+ *
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to resize
+ * @param additional_space the amount of space in bytes to allocate in addition to av_fifo_size()
+ * @return <0 for failure, >=0 otherwise
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_grow2(); note that unlike
+ * this function it adds to the allocated size, rather than to the used size
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_fifo_grow(AVFifoBuffer *f, unsigned int additional_space);
+
+/**
+ * Read and discard the specified amount of data from an AVFifoBuffer.
+ * @param f AVFifoBuffer to read from
+ * @param size amount of data to read in bytes
+ *
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_drain2()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void av_fifo_drain(AVFifoBuffer *f, int size);
+
+#if FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2
+/**
+ * Return a pointer to the data stored in a FIFO buffer at a certain offset.
+ * The FIFO buffer is not modified.
+ *
+ * @param f    AVFifoBuffer to peek at, f must be non-NULL
+ * @param offs an offset in bytes, its absolute value must be less
+ *             than the used buffer size or the returned pointer will
+ *             point outside to the buffer data.
+ *             The used buffer size can be checked with av_fifo_size().
+ * @deprecated use the new AVFifo-API with av_fifo_peek() or av_fifo_peek_to_cb()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+static inline uint8_t *av_fifo_peek2(const AVFifoBuffer *f, int offs)
+{
+    uint8_t *ptr = f->rptr + offs;
+    if (ptr >= f->end)
+        ptr = f->buffer + (ptr - f->end);
+    else if (ptr < f->buffer)
+        ptr = f->end - (f->buffer - ptr);
+    return ptr;
+}
+#endif
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FIFO_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc87a9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/file.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILE_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILE_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "version.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Misc file utilities.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Read the file with name filename, and put its content in a newly
+ * allocated buffer or map it with mmap() when available.
+ * In case of success set *bufptr to the read or mmapped buffer, and
+ * *size to the size in bytes of the buffer in *bufptr.
+ * Unlike mmap this function succeeds with zero sized files, in this
+ * case *bufptr will be set to NULL and *size will be set to 0.
+ * The returned buffer must be released with av_file_unmap().
+ *
+ * @param filename path to the file
+ * @param[out] bufptr pointee is set to the mapped or allocated buffer
+ * @param[out] size pointee is set to the size in bytes of the buffer
+ * @param log_offset loglevel offset used for logging
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging
+ * @return a non negative number in case of success, a negative value
+ * corresponding to an AVERROR error code in case of failure
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_file_map(const char *filename, uint8_t **bufptr, size_t *size,
+                int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Unmap or free the buffer bufptr created by av_file_map().
+ *
+ * @param bufptr the buffer previously created with av_file_map()
+ * @param size size in bytes of bufptr, must be the same as returned
+ * by av_file_map()
+ */
+void av_file_unmap(uint8_t *bufptr, size_t size);
+
+#if FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8
+/**
+ * Wrapper to work around the lack of mkstemp() on mingw.
+ * Also, tries to create file in /tmp first, if possible.
+ * *prefix can be a character constant; *filename will be allocated internally.
+ * @return file descriptor of opened file (or negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code on error)
+ * and opened file name in **filename.
+ * @note On very old libcs it is necessary to set a secure umask before
+ *       calling this, av_tempfile() can't call umask itself as it is used in
+ *       libraries and could interfere with the calling application.
+ * @deprecated as fd numbers cannot be passed saftely between libs on some platforms
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_tempfile(const char *prefix, char **filename, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILE_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3bd0a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/film_grain_params.h
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
+#define AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+enum AVFilmGrainParamsType {
+    AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_NONE = 0,
+
+    /**
+     * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainAOMParams (codec.aom)
+     */
+    AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_AV1,
+
+    /**
+     * The union is valid when interpreted as AVFilmGrainH274Params (codec.h274)
+     */
+    AV_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H274,
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for AOM codecs.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
+ *       av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilmGrainAOMParams {
+    /**
+     * Number of points, and the scale and value for each point of the
+     * piecewise linear scaling function for the uma plane.
+     */
+    int num_y_points;
+    uint8_t y_points[14][2 /* value, scaling */];
+
+    /**
+     * Signals whether to derive the chroma scaling function from the luma.
+     * Not equivalent to copying the luma values and scales.
+     */
+    int chroma_scaling_from_luma;
+
+    /**
+     * If chroma_scaling_from_luma is set to 0, signals the chroma scaling
+     * function parameters.
+     */
+    int num_uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */];
+    uint8_t uv_points[2 /* cb, cr */][10][2 /* value, scaling */];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the shift applied to the chroma components. For AV1, its within
+     * [8; 11] and determines the range and quantization of the film grain.
+     */
+    int scaling_shift;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the auto-regression lag.
+     */
+    int ar_coeff_lag;
+
+    /**
+     * Luma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
+     * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1).
+     */
+    int8_t ar_coeffs_y[24];
+
+    /**
+     * Chroma auto-regression coefficients. The number of coefficients is given by
+     * 2 * ar_coeff_lag * (ar_coeff_lag + 1) + !!num_y_points.
+     */
+    int8_t ar_coeffs_uv[2 /* cb, cr */][25];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the range of the auto-regressive coefficients. Values of 6,
+     * 7, 8 and so on represent a range of [-2, 2), [-1, 1), [-0.5, 0.5) and
+     * so on. For AV1 must be between 6 and 9.
+     */
+    int ar_coeff_shift;
+
+    /**
+     * Signals the down shift applied to the generated gaussian numbers during
+     * synthesis.
+     */
+    int grain_scale_shift;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the luma/chroma multipliers for the index to the component
+     * scaling function.
+     */
+    int uv_mult[2 /* cb, cr */];
+    int uv_mult_luma[2 /* cb, cr */];
+
+    /**
+     * Offset used for component scaling function. For AV1 its a 9-bit value
+     * with a range [-256, 255]
+     */
+    int uv_offset[2 /* cb, cr */];
+
+    /**
+     * Signals whether to overlap film grain blocks.
+     */
+    int overlap_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * Signals to clip to limited color levels after film grain application.
+     */
+    int limit_output_range;
+} AVFilmGrainAOMParams;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis for codecs using
+ * the ITU-T H.274 Versatile suplemental enhancement information message.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated as part of AVFilmGrainParams using
+ *       av_film_grain_params_alloc(). Its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilmGrainH274Params {
+    /**
+     * Specifies the film grain simulation mode.
+     * 0 = Frequency filtering, 1 = Auto-regression
+     */
+    int model_id;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the bit depth used for the luma component.
+     */
+    int bit_depth_luma;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the bit depth used for the chroma components.
+     */
+    int bit_depth_chroma;
+
+    enum AVColorRange                  color_range;
+    enum AVColorPrimaries              color_primaries;
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+    enum AVColorSpace                  color_space;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the blending mode used to blend the simulated film grain
+     * with the decoded images.
+     *
+     * 0 = Additive, 1 = Multiplicative
+     */
+    int blending_mode_id;
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies a scale factor used in the film grain characterization equations.
+     */
+    int log2_scale_factor;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates if the modelling of film grain for a given component is present.
+     */
+    int component_model_present[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the number of intensity intervals for which a specific set of
+     * model values has been estimated, with a range of [1, 256].
+     */
+    uint16_t num_intensity_intervals[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the number of model values present for each intensity interval
+     * in which the film grain has been modelled, with a range of [1, 6].
+     */
+    uint8_t num_model_values[3 /* y, cb, cr */];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the lower ounds of each intensity interval for whichthe set of
+     * model values applies for the component.
+     */
+    uint8_t intensity_interval_lower_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the upper bound of each intensity interval for which the set of
+     * model values applies for the component.
+     */
+    uint8_t intensity_interval_upper_bound[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */];
+
+    /**
+     * Specifies the model values for the component for each intensity interval.
+     * - When model_id == 0, the following applies:
+     *     For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_luma - 1]
+     *     For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [0, 2^bit_depth_chroma - 1]
+     * - Otherwise, the following applies:
+     *     For comp_model_value[y], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_luma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_luma - 1) - 1]
+     *     For comp_model_value[cb..cr], the range of values is [-2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1), 2^(bit_depth_chroma - 1) - 1]
+     */
+    int16_t comp_model_value[3 /* y, cb, cr */][256 /* intensity interval */][6 /* model value */];
+} AVFilmGrainH274Params;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle film grain synthesis in video
+ * for specific codecs. Must be present on every frame where film grain is
+ * meant to be synthesised for correct presentation.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_film_grain_params_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFilmGrainParams {
+    /**
+     * Specifies the codec for which this structure is valid.
+     */
+    enum AVFilmGrainParamsType type;
+
+    /**
+     * Seed to use for the synthesis process, if the codec allows for it.
+     *
+     * @note For H.264, this refers to `pic_offset` as defined in
+     *       SMPTE RDD 5-2006.
+     */
+    uint64_t seed;
+
+    /**
+     * Additional fields may be added both here and in any structure included.
+     * If a codec's film grain structure differs slightly over another
+     * codec's, fields within may change meaning depending on the type.
+     */
+    union {
+        AVFilmGrainAOMParams aom;
+        AVFilmGrainH274Params h274;
+    } codec;
+} AVFilmGrainParams;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFilmGrainParams structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ * If size is not NULL it will be set to the number of bytes allocated.
+ *
+ * @return An AVFilmGrainParams filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVFilmGrainParams and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVFilmGrainParams structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVFilmGrainParams *av_film_grain_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e60a82f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/frame.h
@@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * reference-counted frame API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "channel_layout.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * @{
+ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data.
+ */
+
+enum AVFrameSideDataType {
+    /**
+     * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN,
+    /**
+     * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions.
+     * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data.
+     * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC,
+    /**
+     * Stereoscopic 3d metadata.
+     * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D,
+    /**
+     * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in libavutil/channel_layout.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING,
+    /**
+     * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure.
+     * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO,
+    /**
+     * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN,
+    /**
+     * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine
+     * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct
+     * presentation.
+     *
+     * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX,
+    /**
+     * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified
+     * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD,
+    /**
+     * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs
+     * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option).
+     * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in
+     * libavutil/motion_vector.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS,
+    /**
+     * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported
+     * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec.
+     * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES.
+     * @code
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet
+     * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet
+     * u8    reason for start skip
+     * u8    reason for end   skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence)
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES,
+    /**
+     * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to
+     * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE,
+    /**
+     * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+     * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the
+     * mastering display color volume.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA,
+    /**
+     * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer.
+     * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE,
+
+    /**
+     * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in
+     * libavutil/spherical.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL,
+
+    /**
+     * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in
+     * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL,
+
+    /**
+     * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the
+     * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the
+     * metadata key entry "name".
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE,
+
+    /**
+     * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 uint32_t
+     * where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other timecodes are used.
+     * The timecode format is described in the documentation of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum()
+     * function in libavutil/timecode.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE,
+
+    /**
+     * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+     * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color
+     * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS,
+
+    /**
+     * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the number of
+     * array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / AVRegionOfInterest.self_size.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST,
+
+    /**
+     * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS,
+
+    /**
+     * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame.
+     * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other purpose
+     * The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 bytes of
+     * uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of user_data_payload_byte.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED,
+
+    /**
+     * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams.
+     * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS,
+
+    /**
+     * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification,
+     * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES,
+
+    /**
+     * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265
+     * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation
+     * bytes intact.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER,
+
+    /**
+     * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software
+     * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in
+     * libavutil/dovi_meta.h.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA,
+
+    /**
+     * HDR Vivid dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is
+     * an AVDynamicHDRVivid type and contains information for color
+     * volume transform - CUVA 005.1-2021.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_VIVID,
+};
+
+enum AVActiveFormatDescription {
+    AV_AFD_SAME         = 8,
+    AV_AFD_4_3          = 9,
+    AV_AFD_16_9         = 10,
+    AV_AFD_14_9         = 11,
+    AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9  = 13,
+    AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14,
+    AV_AFD_SP_4_3       = 15,
+};
+
+
+/**
+ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrameSideData {
+    enum AVFrameSideDataType type;
+    uint8_t *data;
+    size_t   size;
+    AVDictionary *metadata;
+    AVBufferRef *buf;
+} AVFrameSideData;
+
+/**
+ * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest.
+ *
+ * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they
+ * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only
+ * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have
+ * to truncate the list.
+ *
+ * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given
+ * area of the frame applies.
+ */
+typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest {
+    /**
+     * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is,
+     * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)).
+     */
+    uint32_t self_size;
+    /**
+     * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and
+     * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and
+     * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest.
+     *
+     * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region
+     * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other
+     * reasons.
+     */
+    int top;
+    int bottom;
+    int left;
+    int right;
+    /**
+     * Quantisation offset.
+     *
+     * Must be in the range -1 to +1.  A value of zero indicates no quality
+     * change.  A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation),
+     * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation).
+     *
+     * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the
+     * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the
+     * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region
+     * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway.  Intermediate
+     * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way.
+     *
+     * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between
+     * -12 and 51.  A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that
+     * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full
+     * range better than the rest of the frame.  So, if most of the frame
+     * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP
+     * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3).
+     * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be
+     * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of
+     * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12.
+     */
+    AVRational qoffset;
+} AVRegionOfInterest;
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data.
+ *
+ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only
+ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed
+ * through other means (see below).
+ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold
+ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a
+ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by
+ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it
+ * is reused again.
+ *
+ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the
+ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf /
+ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at
+ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case,
+ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in
+ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for
+ * each plane, or anything in between.
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added
+ * to the end with a minor bump.
+ *
+ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the
+ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass
+ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class()
+ */
+typedef struct AVFrame {
+#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8
+    /**
+     * pointer to the picture/channel planes.
+     * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video,
+     * it could even point to the end of the image data.
+     *
+     * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the
+     * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf.
+     *
+     * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please
+     * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read
+     * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used,
+     * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated.
+     *
+     * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL.
+     *
+     * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the
+     * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in
+     * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array.
+     */
+    uint8_t *data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating
+     * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be:
+     * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping
+     *   (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data
+     * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing
+     *   even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped)
+     *
+     * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel
+     * plane must be the same size.
+     *
+     * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment
+     * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs.
+     * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without
+     * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference.
+     *
+     * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there
+     * may be extra padding present for performance reasons.
+     *
+     * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve
+     * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines.
+     */
+    int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * pointers to the data planes/channels.
+     *
+     * For video, this should simply point to data[].
+     *
+     * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and
+     * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer.
+     * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0]
+     * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels.
+     *
+     * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame,
+     * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data,
+     * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels.
+     */
+    uint8_t **extended_data;
+
+    /**
+     * @name Video dimensions
+     * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame,
+     * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values.
+     *
+     * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further
+     * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle".
+     * @{
+     */
+    int width, height;
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame
+     */
+    int nb_samples;
+
+    /**
+     * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset
+     * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames,
+     * enum AVSampleFormat for audio)
+     */
+    int format;
+
+    /**
+     * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not
+     */
+    int key_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * Picture type of the frame.
+     */
+    enum AVPictureType pict_type;
+
+    /**
+     * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified.
+     */
+    AVRational sample_aspect_ratio;
+
+    /**
+     * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown to user).
+     */
+    int64_t pts;
+
+    /**
+     * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame threading isn't used)
+     * This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame calculated from
+     * only AVPacket.dts values without pts values.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_dts;
+
+    /**
+     * Time base for the timestamps in this frame.
+     * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or
+     * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders
+     * or filters.
+     */
+    AVRational time_base;
+
+    /**
+     * picture number in bitstream order
+     */
+    int coded_picture_number;
+    /**
+     * picture number in display order
+     */
+    int display_picture_number;
+
+    /**
+     * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad))
+     */
+    int quality;
+
+    /**
+     * for some private data of the user
+     */
+    void *opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed.
+     * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps)
+     */
+    int repeat_pict;
+
+    /**
+     * The content of the picture is interlaced.
+     */
+    int interlaced_frame;
+
+    /**
+     * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first.
+     */
+    int top_field_first;
+
+    /**
+     * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame.
+     */
+    int palette_has_changed;
+
+    /**
+     * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float
+     * PTS but can be anything).
+     * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at
+     * that time,
+     * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque
+     * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque
+     */
+    int64_t reordered_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * Sample rate of the audio data.
+     */
+    int sample_rate;
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+    /**
+     * Channel layout of the audio data.
+     * @deprecated use ch_layout instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    uint64_t channel_layout;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in
+     * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or
+     * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is
+     * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i.
+     *
+     * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array
+     * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than
+     * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in
+     * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the
+     * extended_buf array.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS
+     * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which
+     * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+     *
+     * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always
+     * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers,
+     * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf.
+     *
+     * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs
+     * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref().
+     */
+    AVBufferRef **extended_buf;
+    /**
+     * Number of elements in extended_buf.
+     */
+    int        nb_extended_buf;
+
+    AVFrameSideData **side_data;
+    int            nb_side_data;
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS
+ * @ingroup lavu_frame
+ * Flags describing additional frame properties.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT       (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output.
+ */
+#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD   (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+    /**
+     * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags
+     */
+    int flags;
+
+    /**
+     * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorRange color_range;
+
+    enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries;
+
+    enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc;
+
+    /**
+     * YUV colorspace type.
+     * - encoding: Set by user
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec
+     */
+    enum AVColorSpace colorspace;
+
+    enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location;
+
+    /**
+     * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t best_effort_timestamp;
+
+    /**
+     * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     */
+    int64_t pkt_pos;
+
+#if FF_API_PKT_DURATION
+    /**
+     * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in
+     * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     *
+     * @deprecated use duration instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int64_t pkt_duration;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * metadata.
+     * - encoding: Set by user.
+     * - decoding: Set by libavcodec.
+     */
+    AVDictionary *metadata;
+
+    /**
+     * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of
+     * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there
+     * were errors during the decoding.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int decode_error_flags;
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM   1
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE   2
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE  4
+#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES       8
+
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+    /**
+     * number of audio channels, only used for audio.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: Read by user.
+     * @deprecated use ch_layout instead
+     */
+    attribute_deprecated
+    int channels;
+#endif
+
+    /**
+     * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed
+     * frame.
+     * It is set to a negative value if unknown.
+     * - encoding: unused
+     * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user.
+     */
+    int pkt_size;
+
+    /**
+     * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the
+     * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *hw_frames_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the
+     * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when
+     * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new
+     * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field.
+     *
+     * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar
+     * purpose.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *opaque_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * @anchor cropping
+     * @name Cropping
+     * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the
+     * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of
+     * the frame intended for presentation.
+     * @{
+     */
+    size_t crop_top;
+    size_t crop_bottom;
+    size_t crop_left;
+    size_t crop_right;
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library.
+     * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries.
+     * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library.
+     *
+     * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of the buffer ref.
+     *
+     * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced.
+     * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref()
+     * for the target frame's private_ref field.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *private_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * Channel layout of the audio data.
+     */
+    AVChannelLayout ch_layout;
+
+    /**
+     * Duration of the frame, in the same units as pts. 0 if unknown.
+     */
+    int64_t duration;
+} AVFrame;
+
+
+#if FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME
+/**
+ * Get the name of a colorspace.
+ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL.
+ * @deprecated use av_color_space_name()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+const char *av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val);
+#endif
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values.  The resulting
+ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free().
+ *
+ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ *
+ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those
+ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or
+ * manually.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it,
+ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be
+ * unreferenced first.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL.
+ */
+void av_frame_free(AVFrame **frame);
+
+/**
+ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame.
+ *
+ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each
+ * AVBufferRef from src.
+ *
+ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is
+ * copied.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst),
+ *           or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this
+ *           function, or undefined behavior will occur.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error
+ */
+int av_frame_ref(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src.
+ *
+ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref().
+ *
+ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error.
+ */
+AVFrame *av_frame_clone(const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields.
+ */
+void av_frame_unref(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src.
+ *
+ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading
+ *           or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually
+ *           before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked.
+ */
+void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame *dst, AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data.
+ *
+ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function:
+ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio)
+ * - width and height for video
+ * - nb_samples and ch_layout for audio
+ *
+ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if
+ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf.
+ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane.
+ *
+ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will
+ *           leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain
+ *           cases.
+ *
+ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers.
+ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be
+ *              chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly
+ *              recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the frame data is writable.
+ *
+ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and
+ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one
+ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any
+ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly).
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible.
+ *
+ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data
+ * if it is not. Non-refcounted frames behave as non-writable, i.e. a copy
+ * is always made.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ *
+ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(),
+ * av_buffer_make_writable()
+ */
+int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Copy the frame data from src to dst.
+ *
+ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and
+ * allocated with the same parameters as src.
+ *
+ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data /
+ * extended data arrays), not any other properties.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst.
+ *
+ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect
+ * the data layout in the buffers.  E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample
+ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout.
+ * Side data is also copied.
+ */
+int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame to get the plane's buffer from
+ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data.
+ *
+ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input
+ * frame is not valid.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame *frame, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type type of the added side data
+ * @param size size of the side data
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame *frame,
+                                        enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+                                        size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef
+ *
+ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added
+ * @param type  the type of the added side data
+ * @param buf   an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of
+ *              the reference is transferred to the frame.
+ *
+ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure
+ *         the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by
+ *         the caller.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame *frame,
+                                                 enum AVFrameSideDataType type,
+                                                 AVBufferRef *buf);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there
+ * is no side data with such type in this frame.
+ */
+AVFrameSideData *av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame *frame,
+                                        enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type.
+ */
+void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags for frame cropping.
+ */
+enum {
+    /**
+     * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the
+     * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data
+     * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior
+     * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that
+     * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you
+     * absolutely know what you are doing.
+     */
+    AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED     = 1 << 0,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/
+ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the
+ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0.
+ *
+ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent
+ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel
+ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even
+ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored.
+ *
+ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0.
+ *
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields
+ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed.
+ */
+int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * @return a string identifying the side data type
+ */
+const char *av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94151de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,264 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash_generic
+ * Generic hashing API
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HASH_H
+#define AVUTIL_HASH_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash Hash Functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * Hash functions useful in multimedia.
+ *
+ * Hash functions are widely used in multimedia, from error checking and
+ * concealment to internal regression testing. libavutil has efficient
+ * implementations of a variety of hash functions that may be useful for
+ * FFmpeg and other multimedia applications.
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_hash_generic Generic Hashing API
+ * An abstraction layer for all hash functions supported by libavutil.
+ *
+ * If your application needs to support a wide range of different hash
+ * functions, then the Generic Hashing API is for you. It provides a generic,
+ * reusable API for @ref lavu_hash "all hash functions" implemented in libavutil.
+ * If you just need to use one particular hash function, use the @ref lavu_hash
+ * "individual hash" directly.
+ *
+ * @section Sample Code
+ *
+ * A basic template for using the Generic Hashing API follows:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * struct AVHashContext *ctx = NULL;
+ * const char *hash_name = NULL;
+ * uint8_t *output_buf = NULL;
+ *
+ * // Select from a string returned by av_hash_names()
+ * hash_name = ...;
+ *
+ * // Allocate a hash context
+ * ret = av_hash_alloc(&ctx, hash_name);
+ * if (ret < 0)
+ *     return ret;
+ *
+ * // Initialize the hash context
+ * av_hash_init(ctx);
+ *
+ * // Update the hash context with data
+ * while (data_left) {
+ *     av_hash_update(ctx, data, size);
+ * }
+ *
+ * // Now we have no more data, so it is time to finalize the hash and get the
+ * // output. But we need to first allocate an output buffer. Note that you can
+ * // use any memory allocation function, including malloc(), not just
+ * // av_malloc().
+ * output_buf = av_malloc(av_hash_get_size(ctx));
+ * if (!output_buf)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Finalize the hash context.
+ * // You can use any of the av_hash_final*() functions provided, for other
+ * // output formats. If you do so, be sure to adjust the memory allocation
+ * // above. See the function documentation below for the exact amount of extra
+ * // memory needed.
+ * av_hash_final(ctx, output_buffer);
+ *
+ * // Free the context
+ * av_hash_freep(&ctx);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @section Hash Function-Specific Information
+ * If the CRC32 hash is selected, the #AV_CRC_32_IEEE polynomial will be
+ * used.
+ *
+ * If the Murmur3 hash is selected, the default seed will be used. See @ref
+ * lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Murmur3" for more information.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @example ffhash.c
+ * This example is a simple command line application that takes one or more
+ * arguments. It demonstrates a typical use of the hashing API with allocation,
+ * initialization, updating, and finalizing.
+ */
+
+struct AVHashContext;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a hash context for the algorithm specified by name.
+ *
+ * @return  >= 0 for success, a negative error code for failure
+ *
+ * @note The context is not initialized after a call to this function; you must
+ * call av_hash_init() to do so.
+ */
+int av_hash_alloc(struct AVHashContext **ctx, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Get the names of available hash algorithms.
+ *
+ * This function can be used to enumerate the algorithms.
+ *
+ * @param[in] i  Index of the hash algorithm, starting from 0
+ * @return       Pointer to a static string or `NULL` if `i` is out of range
+ */
+const char *av_hash_names(int i);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of the algorithm corresponding to the given hash context.
+ */
+const char *av_hash_get_name(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Maximum value that av_hash_get_size() will currently return.
+ *
+ * You can use this if you absolutely want or need to use static allocation for
+ * the output buffer and are fine with not supporting hashes newly added to
+ * libavutil without recompilation.
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * Adding new hashes with larger sizes, and increasing the macro while doing
+ * so, will not be considered an ABI change. To prevent your code from
+ * overflowing a buffer, either dynamically allocate the output buffer with
+ * av_hash_get_size(), or limit your use of the Hashing API to hashes that are
+ * already in FFmpeg during the time of compilation.
+ */
+#define AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE 64
+
+/**
+ * Get the size of the resulting hash value in bytes.
+ *
+ * The maximum value this function will currently return is available as macro
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE.
+ *
+ * @param[in]     ctx Hash context
+ * @return            Size of the hash value in bytes
+ */
+int av_hash_get_size(const struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reset a hash context.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_init(struct AVHashContext *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update a hash context with additional data.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[in]     src Data to be added to the hash context
+ * @param[in]     len Size of the additional data
+ */
+void av_hash_update(struct AVHashContext *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and compute the actual hash value.
+ *
+ * The minimum size of `dst` buffer is given by av_hash_get_size() or
+ * #AV_HASH_MAX_SIZE. The use of the latter macro is discouraged.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst Where the final hash value will be stored
+ *
+ * @see av_hash_final_bin() provides an alternative API
+ */
+void av_hash_final(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the actual hash value in a buffer.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than the hash size (given by av_hash_get_size()), the
+ * hash is truncated; if size is larger, the buffer is padded with 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in]     size Number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_bin(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the hexadecimal representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than `2 * hash_size + 1`, where `hash_size` is the
+ * value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Where the string will be stored
+ * @param[in]     size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_hex(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize a hash context and store the Base64 representation of the
+ * actual hash value as a string.
+ *
+ * It is not safe to update or finalize a hash context again, if it has already
+ * been finalized.
+ *
+ * The string is always 0-terminated.
+ *
+ * If `size` is smaller than AV_BASE64_SIZE(hash_size), where `hash_size` is
+ * the value returned by av_hash_get_size(), the string will be truncated.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Where the final hash value will be stored
+ * @param[in]     size Maximum number of bytes to write to `dst`
+ */
+void av_hash_final_b64(struct AVHashContext *ctx, uint8_t *dst, int size);
+
+/**
+ * Free hash context and set hash context pointer to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ctx  Pointer to hash context
+ */
+void av_hash_freep(struct AVHashContext **ctx);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HASH_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2d72de5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,343 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2018 Mohammad Izadi <moh.izadi at gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Option for overlapping elliptical pixel selectors in an image.
+ */
+enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption {
+    AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_WEIGHTED_AVERAGING = 0,
+    AV_HDR_PLUS_OVERLAP_PROCESS_LAYERING = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Represents the percentile at a specific percentage in
+ * a distribution.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRPlusPercentile {
+    /**
+     * The percentage value corresponding to a specific percentile linearized
+     * RGB value in the processing window in the scene. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0 to100, inclusive.
+     */
+    uint8_t percentage;
+
+    /**
+     * The linearized maxRGB value at a specific percentile in the processing
+     * window in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
+     * and in multiples of 0.00001.
+     */
+    AVRational percentile;
+} AVHDRPlusPercentile;
+
+/**
+ * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
+ * SMPTE 2094-40.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams {
+    /**
+     * The relative x coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
+     * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+     * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+     * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
+     * first processing window shall be 0.
+     */
+    AVRational window_upper_left_corner_x;
+
+    /**
+     * The relative y coordinate of the top left pixel of the processing
+     * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+     * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+     * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
+     * first processing window shall be 0.
+     */
+    AVRational window_upper_left_corner_y;
+
+    /**
+     * The relative x coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
+     * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+     * in multiples of 1/(width of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+     * to the absolute coordinate of width of Picture - 1. The value for
+     * first processing window shall be 1.
+     */
+    AVRational window_lower_right_corner_x;
+
+    /**
+     * The relative y coordinate of the bottom right pixel of the processing
+     * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 and 1, inclusive and
+     * in multiples of 1/(height of Picture - 1). The value 1 corresponds
+     * to the absolute coordinate of height of Picture - 1. The value for
+     * first processing window shall be 1.
+     */
+    AVRational window_lower_right_corner_y;
+
+    /**
+     * The x coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
+     * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
+     * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (width of Picture - 1),
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+     */
+    uint16_t center_of_ellipse_x;
+
+    /**
+     * The y coordinate of the center position of the concentric internal and
+     * external ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing
+     * window. The value shall be in the range of 0 to (height of Picture - 1),
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+     */
+    uint16_t center_of_ellipse_y;
+
+    /**
+     * The clockwise rotation angle in degree of arc with respect to the
+     * positive direction of the x-axis of the concentric internal and external
+     * ellipses of the elliptical pixel selector in the processing window. The
+     * value shall be in the range of 0 to 180, inclusive and in multiples of 1.
+     */
+    uint8_t rotation_angle;
+
+    /**
+     * The semi-major axis value of the internal ellipse of the elliptical pixel
+     * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
+     * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+     */
+    uint16_t semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse;
+
+    /**
+     * The semi-major axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
+     * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value
+     * shall not be less than semimajor_axis_internal_ellipse of the current
+     * processing window. The value shall be in the range of 1 to 65535,
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+     */
+    uint16_t semimajor_axis_external_ellipse;
+
+    /**
+     * The semi-minor axis value of the external ellipse of the elliptical pixel
+     * selector in amount of pixels in the processing window. The value shall be
+     * in the range of 1 to 65535, inclusive and in multiples of 1 pixel.
+     */
+    uint16_t semiminor_axis_external_ellipse;
+
+    /**
+     * Overlap process option indicates one of the two methods of combining
+     * rendered pixels in the processing window in an image with at least one
+     * elliptical pixel selector. For overlapping elliptical pixel selectors
+     * in an image, overlap_process_option shall have the same value.
+     */
+    enum AVHDRPlusOverlapProcessOption overlap_process_option;
+
+    /**
+     * The maximum of the color components of linearized RGB values in the
+     * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0 to
+     * 1, inclusive and in multiples of 0.00001. maxscl[ 0 ], maxscl[ 1 ], and
+     * maxscl[ 2 ] are corresponding to R, G, B color components respectively.
+     */
+    AVRational maxscl[3];
+
+    /**
+     * The average of linearized maxRGB values in the processing window in the
+     * scene. The value should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in
+     * multiples of 0.00001.
+     */
+    AVRational average_maxrgb;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
+     * processing window in the scene. The maximum value shall be 15.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_distribution_maxrgb_percentiles;
+
+    /**
+     * The linearized maxRGB values at given percentiles in the
+     * processing window in the scene.
+     */
+    AVHDRPlusPercentile distribution_maxrgb[15];
+
+    /**
+     * The fraction of selected pixels in the image that contains the brightest
+     * pixel in the scene. The value shall be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive
+     * and in multiples of 0.001.
+     */
+    AVRational fraction_bright_pixels;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
+     * the processing window is present (for value of 1).
+     */
+    uint8_t tone_mapping_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The x coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
+     * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
+     * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational knee_point_x;
+
+    /**
+     * The y coordinate of the separation point between the linear part and the
+     * curved part of the tone mapping function. The value shall be in the range
+     * of 0 to 1, excluding 0 and in multiples of 1/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational knee_point_y;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of the intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping
+     * function in the processing window. The maximum value shall be 15.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_bezier_curve_anchors;
+
+    /**
+     * The intermediate anchor parameters of the tone mapping function in the
+     * processing window in the scene. The values should be in the range of 0
+     * to 1, inclusive and in multiples of 1/1023.
+     */
+    AVRational bezier_curve_anchors[15];
+
+    /**
+     * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
+     * this Specification. Other values are reserved for future use.
+     */
+    uint8_t color_saturation_mapping_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The color saturation gain in the processing window in the scene. The
+     * value shall be in the range of 0 to 63/8, inclusive and in multiples of
+     * 1/8. The default value shall be 1.
+     */
+    AVRational color_saturation_weight;
+} AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams;
+
+/**
+ * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
+ * application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard.
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with
+ * av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc() and its size is not a part of
+ * the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDynamicHDRPlus {
+    /**
+     * Country code by Rec. ITU-T T.35 Annex A. The value shall be 0xB5.
+     */
+    uint8_t itu_t_t35_country_code;
+
+    /**
+     * Application version in the application defining document in ST-2094
+     * suite. The value shall be set to 0.
+     */
+    uint8_t application_version;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of processing windows. The value shall be in the range
+     * of 1 to 3, inclusive.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_windows;
+
+    /**
+     * The color transform parameters for every processing window.
+     */
+    AVHDRPlusColorTransformParams params[3];
+
+    /**
+     * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
+     * in units of 0.0001 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0 to 10000, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bit streams conforming to this version
+     * of this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
+     */
+    uint8_t targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of rows in the targeted system_display_actual_peak_luminance
+     * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_rows_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of columns in the
+     * targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance array. The value shall be
+     * in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_cols_targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * The normalized actual peak luminance of the targeted system display. The
+     * values should be in the range of 0 to 1, inclusive and in multiples of
+     * 1/15.
+     */
+    AVRational targeted_system_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
+
+    /**
+     * This flag shall be equal to 0 in bitstreams conforming to this version of
+     * this Specification. The value 1 is reserved for future use.
+     */
+    uint8_t mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of rows in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance array.
+     * The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_rows_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of columns in the mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance
+     * array. The value shall be in the range of 2 to 25, inclusive.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_cols_mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * The normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display used for
+     * mastering the image essence. The values should be in the range of 0 to 1,
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1/15.
+     */
+    AVRational mastering_display_actual_peak_luminance[25][25];
+} AVDynamicHDRPlus;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRPlus structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVDynamicHDRPlus filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRPlus and add it to the frame.
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVDynamicHDRPlus structure to be filled by caller or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRPlus *av_dynamic_hdr_plus_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a34f830
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hdr_dynamic_vivid_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2021 Limin Wang <lance.lmwang at gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Color tone mapping parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
+ * CUVA 005.1:2021.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams {
+    /**
+     * The nominal maximum display luminance of the targeted system display,
+     * in multiples of 1.0/4095 candelas per square metre. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational targeted_system_display_maximum_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that transfer the base paramter(for value of 1)
+     */
+    int base_enable_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * base_param_m_p in the base parameter,
+     * in multiples of 1.0/16383. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational base_param_m_p;
+
+    /**
+     * base_param_m_m in the base parameter,
+     * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational base_param_m_m;
+
+    /**
+     * base_param_m_a in the base parameter,
+     * in multiples of 1.0/1023. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 1.0 inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational base_param_m_a;
+
+    /**
+     * base_param_m_b in the base parameter,
+     * in multiples of 1/1023. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational base_param_m_b;
+
+    /**
+     * base_param_m_n in the base parameter,
+     * in multiples of 1.0/10. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 6.3, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational base_param_m_n;
+
+    /**
+     * indicates k1_0 in the base parameter,
+     * base_param_k1 <= 1: k1_0 = base_param_k1
+     * base_param_k1 > 1: reserved
+     */
+    int base_param_k1;
+
+    /**
+     * indicates k2_0 in the base parameter,
+     * base_param_k2 <= 1: k2_0 = base_param_k2
+     * base_param_k2 > 1: reserved
+     */
+    int base_param_k2;
+
+    /**
+     * indicates k3_0 in the base parameter,
+     * base_param_k3 == 1: k3_0 = base_param_k3
+     * base_param_k3 == 2: k3_0 = maximum_maxrgb
+     * base_param_k3 > 2: reserved
+     */
+    int base_param_k3;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that delta mode of base paramter(for value of 1)
+     */
+    int base_param_Delta_enable_mode;
+
+    /**
+     * base_param_Delta in the base parameter,
+     * in multiples of 1.0/127. The value shall be in
+     * the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+     */
+    AVRational base_param_Delta;
+
+    /**
+     * indicates 3Spline_enable_flag in the base parameter,
+     * This flag indicates that transfer three Spline of base paramter(for value of 1)
+     */
+    int three_Spline_enable_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of three Spline. The value shall be in the range
+     * of 1 to 2, inclusive.
+     */
+    int three_Spline_num;
+
+    /**
+     * The mode of three Spline. the value shall be in the range
+     * of 0 to 3, inclusive.
+     */
+    int three_Spline_TH_mode;
+
+    /**
+     * three_Spline_TH_enable_MB is in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
+     * and in multiples of 1.0/255.
+     *
+     */
+    AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable_MB;
+
+    /**
+     * 3Spline_TH_enable of three Spline.
+     * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive.
+     * and in multiples of 1.0/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational three_Spline_TH_enable;
+
+    /**
+     * 3Spline_TH_Delta1 of three Spline.
+     * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
+     * and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
+     */
+    AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta1;
+
+    /**
+     * 3Spline_TH_Delta2 of three Spline.
+     * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 0.25, inclusive,
+     * and in multiples of 0.25/1023.
+     */
+    AVRational three_Spline_TH_Delta2;
+
+    /**
+     * 3Spline_enable_Strength of three Spline.
+     * The value shall be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive,
+     * and in multiples of 1.0/255.
+     */
+    AVRational three_Spline_enable_Strength;
+} AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams;
+
+
+/**
+ * Color transform parameters at a processing window in a dynamic metadata for
+ * CUVA 005.1:2021.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHDRVividColorTransformParams {
+    /**
+     * Indicates the minimum brightness of the displayed content.
+     * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational minimum_maxrgb;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates the average brightness of the displayed content.
+     * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational average_maxrgb;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates the variance brightness of the displayed content.
+     * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0,
+     * inclusive and in multiples of 1/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational variance_maxrgb;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates the maximum brightness of the displayed content.
+     * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 1.0, inclusive
+     * and in multiples of 1/4095.
+     */
+    AVRational maximum_maxrgb;
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the metadata for the tone mapping function in
+     * the processing window is present (for value of 1).
+     */
+    int tone_mapping_mode_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of tone mapping param. The value shall be in the range
+     * of 1 to 2, inclusive.
+     */
+    int tone_mapping_param_num;
+
+    /**
+     * The color tone mapping parameters.
+     */
+    AVHDRVividColorToneMappingParams tm_params[2];
+
+    /**
+     * This flag indicates that the metadata for the color saturation mapping in
+     * the processing window is present (for value of 1).
+     */
+    int color_saturation_mapping_flag;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of color saturation param. The value shall be in the range
+     * of 0 to 7, inclusive.
+     */
+    int color_saturation_num;
+
+    /**
+     * Indicates the color correction strength parameter.
+     * The values should be in the range of 0.0 to 2.0, inclusive
+     * and in multiples of 1/128.
+     */
+    AVRational color_saturation_gain[8];
+} AVHDRVividColorTransformParams;
+
+/**
+ * This struct represents dynamic metadata for color volume transform -
+ * CUVA 005.1:2021 standard
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with
+ * av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc() and its size is not a part of
+ * the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDynamicHDRVivid {
+    /**
+     * The system start code. The value shall be set to 0x01.
+     */
+    uint8_t system_start_code;
+
+    /**
+     * The number of processing windows. The value shall be set to 0x01
+     * if the system_start_code is 0x01.
+     */
+    uint8_t num_windows;
+
+    /**
+     * The color transform parameters for every processing window.
+     */
+    AVHDRVividColorTransformParams params[3];
+} AVDynamicHDRVivid;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVDynamicHDRVivid structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVDynamicHDRVivid filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVDynamicHDRVivid and add it to the frame.
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVDynamicHDRVivid structure to be filled by caller or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVDynamicHDRVivid *av_dynamic_hdr_vivid_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HDR_DYNAMIC_VIVID_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ca4da6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hmac.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2012 Martin Storsjo
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HMAC_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_hmac HMAC
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+enum AVHMACType {
+    AV_HMAC_MD5,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA1,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA224,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA256,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA384,
+    AV_HMAC_SHA512,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHMAC AVHMAC;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param type The hash function used for the HMAC.
+ */
+AVHMAC *av_hmac_alloc(enum AVHMACType type);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHMAC context.
+ * @param ctx The context to free, may be NULL
+ */
+void av_hmac_free(AVHMAC *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVHMAC context with an authentication key.
+ * @param ctx    The HMAC context
+ * @param key    The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_init(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash data with the HMAC.
+ * @param ctx  The HMAC context
+ * @param data The data to hash
+ * @param len  The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_hmac_update(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output the HMAC digest.
+ * @param ctx    The HMAC context
+ * @param out    The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return       The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_final(AVHMAC *ctx, uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data with a key.
+ * @param ctx    The HMAC context
+ * @param data   The data to hash
+ * @param len    The length of the data, in bytes
+ * @param key    The authentication key
+ * @param keylen The length of the key, in bytes
+ * @param out    The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param outlen The length of the out buffer, in bytes
+ * @return       The number of bytes written to out, or a negative error code.
+ */
+int av_hmac_calc(AVHMAC *ctx, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int len,
+                 const uint8_t *key, unsigned int keylen,
+                 uint8_t *out, unsigned int outlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HMAC_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ff08c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h
@@ -0,0 +1,610 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H
+
+#include "buffer.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+enum AVHWDeviceType {
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC,
+    AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN,
+};
+
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state,
+ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration.
+ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding,
+ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding
+ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be
+ * derived.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field
+ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from
+ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with
+ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the
+ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed,
+ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware
+ * state.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc().
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+     * way by the caller.
+     */
+    AVHWDeviceInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access.
+     *
+     * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed
+     * afterwards.
+     */
+    enum AVHWDeviceType type;
+
+    /**
+     * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with
+     * this context.
+     *
+     * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+     * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the
+     * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified
+     * by the caller.
+     */
+    void *hwctx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+     * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+     *
+     * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this
+     *       struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects
+     *       are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked.
+     */
+    void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext *ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+     */
+    void *user_opaque;
+} AVHWDeviceContext;
+
+typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with
+ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are
+ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable.
+ *
+ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a
+ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor
+ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext
+ * struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * A class for logging.
+     */
+    const AVClass *av_class;
+
+    /**
+     * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any
+     * way by the caller.
+     */
+    AVHWFramesInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and
+     * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive
+     * additional references from it.
+     */
+    AVBufferRef *device_ref;
+
+    /**
+     * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to
+     * device_ref->data provided for convenience.
+     *
+     * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    AVHWDeviceContext *device_ctx;
+
+    /**
+     * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with
+     * this context.
+     *
+     * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the
+     * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the
+     * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this
+     * struct should not be modified by the caller.
+     */
+    void *hwctx;
+
+    /**
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to
+     * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed.
+     */
+    void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext *ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback.
+     */
+    void *user_opaque;
+
+    /**
+     * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer().
+     * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must
+     * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw
+     * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before
+     * this struct's free() callback is invoked.
+     *
+     * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool
+     * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at
+     * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a
+     * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately.
+     */
+    AVBufferPool *pool;
+
+    /**
+     * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support
+     * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size.
+     *
+     * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be
+     * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools.
+     */
+    int initial_pool_size;
+
+    /**
+     * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type.
+     *
+     * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the
+     * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat format;
+
+    /**
+     * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware
+     * frames.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     *
+     * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but
+     * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully
+     * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be
+     * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else).
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat sw_format;
+
+    /**
+     * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    int width, height;
+} AVHWFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name.
+ *
+ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive).
+ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if
+ *         not found.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char *name);
+
+/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType.
+ *
+ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType.
+ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type
+ *         is not valid.
+ */
+const char *av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over supported device types.
+ *
+ * @param prev AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type
+ *             returned by this function in subsequent iterations.
+ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or
+ *         AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more.
+ */
+enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type.
+ *
+ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after
+ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is
+ * used in any way.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it.
+ *
+ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers
+ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device
+ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+ *
+ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller
+ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of
+ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be
+ * touched by the caller.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context
+ *                   will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller
+ *                   and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer
+ *                   needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer.
+ * @param type The type of the device to create.
+ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open.
+ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in
+ *             opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller.
+ * @param flags currently unused
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef **device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                           const char *device, AVDictionary *opts, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally
+ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate
+ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the
+ * existing device of the same type as is requested.
+ *
+ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source
+ * device.  If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will
+ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in
+ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ *                AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type    The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ *                used to create the new device.
+ * @param flags   Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return        Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+                                   enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                                   AVBufferRef *src_ctx, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device.
+ *
+ * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived,
+ * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived.
+ *
+ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created
+ *                AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param type    The type of the new device to create.
+ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be
+ *                used to create the new device.
+ * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in
+ *                av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
+ * @param flags   Currently unused; should be set to zero.
+ * @return        Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef **dst_ctx,
+                                        enum AVHWDeviceType type,
+                                        AVBufferRef *src_ctx,
+                                        AVDictionary *options, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context.
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make
+ *                   a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the
+ *                   function remains owned by the caller.
+ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVBufferRef *av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the
+ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached
+ * to any frames.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef *ref);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext.
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext
+ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with
+ *              newly allocated buffers.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure
+ */
+int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx, AVFrame *frame, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an
+ * AVHWFramesContext attached.
+ *
+ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set)
+ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM).
+ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one
+ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst,
+ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO)
+ *
+ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the
+ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer().
+ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when
+ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen.
+ *
+ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to
+ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support
+ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions
+ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but
+ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are
+ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the
+ * destination frame is unspecified.
+ *
+ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure.
+ * @param src the source frame.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection {
+    /**
+     * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM,
+
+    /**
+     * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in
+ * av_hwframe_transfer_data().
+ *
+ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for
+ * @param dir the direction of the transfer
+ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here.
+ *                The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed
+ *                by the caller when no longer needed using av_free().
+ *                If this function returns successfully, the format list will
+ *                have at least one item (not counting the terminator).
+ *                On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified.
+ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef *hwframe_ctx,
+                                    enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir,
+                                    enum AVPixelFormat **formats, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to
+ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration.  This is returned
+ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by
+ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use.
+ */
+typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints {
+    /**
+     * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+     * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.  This member will always be filled.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat *valid_hw_formats;
+
+    /**
+     * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx,
+     * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.  Can be NULL if this information is
+     * not known.
+     */
+    enum AVPixelFormat *valid_sw_formats;
+
+    /**
+     * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+     * (Zero if not known.)
+     */
+    int min_width;
+    int min_height;
+
+    /**
+     * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx.
+     * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.)
+     */
+    int max_width;
+    int max_height;
+} AVHWFramesConstraints;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device.
+ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific
+ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with
+ * av_free().
+ *
+ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on
+ *         success or NULL on failure.
+ */
+void *av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef *device_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific
+ * configuration to be used with that device.  If no HW-specific
+ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities
+ * of the device.
+ *
+ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext.
+ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL
+ *        to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device.
+ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints
+ *         on the device, or NULL if not available.
+ */
+AVHWFramesConstraints *av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints(AVBufferRef *ref,
+                                                           const void *hwconfig);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ *
+ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure.
+ */
+void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints **constraints);
+
+
+/**
+ * Flags to apply to frame mappings.
+ */
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be readable.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ      = 1 << 0,
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be writeable.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE     = 1 << 1,
+    /**
+     * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent
+     * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded.  Any values
+     * which are not overwritten are unspecified.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2,
+    /**
+     * The mapping must be direct.  That is, there must not be any copying in
+     * the map or unmap steps.  Note that performance of direct mappings may
+     * be much lower than normal memory.
+     */
+    AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT    = 1 << 3,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Map a hardware frame.
+ *
+ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format
+ * and origin of the src and dst frames.  On input, src should be a usable
+ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created
+ * by av_frame_alloc()).  src should have an associated hwframe context, and
+ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context.
+ *
+ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst,
+ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to
+ * the frame that src was originally mapped from.
+ *
+ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function
+ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and
+ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there.  This will only be
+ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible -
+ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to
+ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible.
+ *
+ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is
+ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame.
+ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst
+ * with that format and fail if it is not possible.  If format is unset (is
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate
+ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context).
+ *
+ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not
+ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return
+ * values indicate that it failed somehow.
+ *
+ * On failure, the destination frame will be left blank, except for the
+ * hw_frames_ctx/format fields thay may have been set by the caller - those will
+ * be preserved as they were.
+ *
+ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping.
+ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped.
+ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags.
+ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame *dst, const AVFrame *src, int flags);
+
+
+/**
+ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing
+ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device.
+ *
+ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this.
+ *
+ * @param derived_frame_ctx  On success, a reference to the newly created
+ *                           AVHWFramesContext.
+ * @param format             The AVPixelFormat for the derived context.
+ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new
+ *                           AVHWFramesContext on.
+ * @param source_frame_ctx   A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext
+ *                           which will be mapped to the derived context.
+ * @param flags  Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the
+ *               mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated
+ *               in the derived device.
+ * @return       Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure.
+ */
+int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef **derived_frame_ctx,
+                                  enum AVPixelFormat format,
+                                  AVBufferRef *derived_device_ctx,
+                                  AVBufferRef *source_frame_ctx,
+                                  int flags);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cefbe0c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_cuda.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H
+
+#ifndef CUDA_VERSION
+#include <cuda.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CUdeviceptr.
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContextInternal AVCUDADeviceContextInternal;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVCUDADeviceContext {
+    CUcontext cuda_ctx;
+    CUstream stream;
+    AVCUDADeviceContextInternal *internal;
+} AVCUDADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup hwcontext_cuda Device context creation flags
+ *
+ * Flags for av_hwdevice_ctx_create.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Use primary device context instead of creating a new one.
+ */
+#define AV_CUDA_USE_PRIMARY_CONTEXT (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_CUDA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..77d2d72
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_d3d11va.h
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA.
+ *
+ * The default pool implementation will be fixed-size if initial_pool_size is
+ * set (and allocate elements from an array texture). Otherwise it will allocate
+ * individual textures. Be aware that decoding requires a single array texture.
+ *
+ * Using sw_format==AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P has special semantics, and maps to
+ * DXGI_FORMAT_420_OPAQUE. av_hwframe_transfer_data() is not supported for
+ * this format. Refer to MSDN for details.
+ *
+ * av_hwdevice_ctx_create() for this device type supports a key named "debug"
+ * for the AVDictionary entry. If this is set to any value, the device creation
+ * code will try to load various supported D3D debugging layers.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d11.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VADeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * Device used for texture creation and access. This can also be used to
+     * set the libavcodec decoding device.
+     *
+     * Must be set by the user. This is the only mandatory field - the other
+     * device context fields are set from this and are available for convenience.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11Device        *device;
+
+    /**
+     * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11DeviceContext *device_context;
+
+    /**
+     * If unset, this will be set from the device field on init.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11VideoDevice   *video_device;
+
+    /**
+     * If unset, this will be set from the device_context field on init.
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     */
+    ID3D11VideoContext  *video_context;
+
+    /**
+     * Callbacks for locking. They protect accesses to device_context and
+     * video_context calls. They also protect access to the internal staging
+     * texture (for av_hwframe_transfer_data() calls). They do NOT protect
+     * access to hwcontext or decoder state in general.
+     *
+     * If unset on init, the hwcontext implementation will set them to use an
+     * internal mutex.
+     *
+     * The underlying lock must be recursive. lock_ctx is for free use by the
+     * locking implementation.
+     */
+    void (*lock)(void *lock_ctx);
+    void (*unlock)(void *lock_ctx);
+    void *lock_ctx;
+} AVD3D11VADeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * D3D11 frame descriptor for pool allocation.
+ *
+ * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
+ * planes of the frame.
+ *
+ * This has no use outside of custom allocation, and AVFrame AVBufferRef do not
+ * necessarily point to an instance of this struct.
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11FrameDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * The texture in which the frame is located. The reference count is
+     * managed by the AVBufferRef, and destroying the reference will release
+     * the interface.
+     *
+     * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[0].
+     */
+    ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+    /**
+     * The index into the array texture element representing the frame, or 0
+     * if the texture is not an array texture.
+     *
+     * Normally stored in AVFrame.data[1] (cast from intptr_t).
+     */
+    intptr_t index;
+} AVD3D11FrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVD3D11VAFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * The canonical texture used for pool allocation. If this is set to NULL
+     * on init, the hwframes implementation will allocate and set an array
+     * texture if initial_pool_size > 0.
+     *
+     * The only situation when the API user should set this is:
+     * - the user wants to do manual pool allocation (setting
+     *   AVHWFramesContext.pool), instead of letting AVHWFramesContext
+     *   allocate the pool
+     * - of an array texture
+     * - and wants it to use it for decoding
+     * - this has to be done before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init()
+     *
+     * Deallocating the AVHWFramesContext will always release this interface,
+     * and it does not matter whether it was user-allocated.
+     *
+     * This is in particular used by the libavcodec D3D11VA hwaccel, which
+     * requires a single array texture. It will create ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView
+     * objects for each array texture element on decoder initialization.
+     */
+    ID3D11Texture2D *texture;
+
+    /**
+     * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.BindFlags used for texture creation. The user must
+     * at least set D3D11_BIND_DECODER if the frames context is to be used for
+     * video decoding.
+     * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+     */
+    UINT BindFlags;
+
+    /**
+     * D3D11_TEXTURE2D_DESC.MiscFlags used for texture creation.
+     * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+     */
+    UINT MiscFlags;
+
+    /**
+     * In case if texture structure member above is not NULL contains the same texture
+     * pointer for all elements and different indexes into the array texture.
+     * In case if texture structure member above is NULL, all elements contains
+     * pointers to separate non-array textures and 0 indexes.
+     * This field is ignored/invalid if a user-allocated texture is provided.
+    */
+    AVD3D11FrameDescriptor *texture_infos;
+} AVD3D11VAFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_D3D11VA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42709f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_drm.h
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM.
+ *
+ * Internal frame allocation is not currently supported - all frames
+ * must be allocated by the user.  Thus AVHWFramesContext is always
+ * NULL, though this may change if support for frame allocation is
+ * added in future.
+ */
+
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The maximum number of layers/planes in a DRM frame.
+     */
+    AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES = 4
+};
+
+/**
+ * DRM object descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single DRM object, addressing it as a PRIME file
+ * descriptor.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMObjectDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * DRM PRIME fd for the object.
+     */
+    int fd;
+    /**
+     * Total size of the object.
+     *
+     * (This includes any parts not which do not contain image data.)
+     */
+    size_t size;
+    /**
+     * Format modifier applied to the object (DRM_FORMAT_MOD_*).
+     *
+     * If the format modifier is unknown then this should be set to
+     * DRM_FORMAT_MOD_INVALID.
+     */
+    uint64_t format_modifier;
+} AVDRMObjectDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM plane descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single plane of a layer, which is contained within
+ * a single object.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMPlaneDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Index of the object containing this plane in the objects
+     * array of the enclosing frame descriptor.
+     */
+    int object_index;
+    /**
+     * Offset within that object of this plane.
+     */
+    ptrdiff_t offset;
+    /**
+     * Pitch (linesize) of this plane.
+     */
+    ptrdiff_t pitch;
+} AVDRMPlaneDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM layer descriptor.
+ *
+ * Describes a single layer within a frame.  This has the structure
+ * defined by its format, and will contain one or more planes.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMLayerDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Format of the layer (DRM_FORMAT_*).
+     */
+    uint32_t format;
+    /**
+     * Number of planes in the layer.
+     *
+     * This must match the number of planes required by format.
+     */
+    int nb_planes;
+    /**
+     * Array of planes in this layer.
+     */
+    AVDRMPlaneDescriptor planes[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMLayerDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM frame descriptor.
+ *
+ * This is used as the data pointer for AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME frames.
+ * It is also used by user-allocated frame pools - allocating in
+ * AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs which contain
+ * an object of this type.
+ *
+ * The fields of this structure should be set such it can be
+ * imported directly by EGL using the EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import
+ * and EGL_EXT_image_dma_buf_import_modifiers extensions.
+ * (Note that the exact layout of a particular format may vary between
+ * platforms - we only specify that the same platform should be able
+ * to import it.)
+ *
+ * The total number of planes must not exceed AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES, and
+ * the order of the planes by increasing layer index followed by
+ * increasing plane index must be the same as the order which would
+ * be used for the data pointers in the equivalent software format.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMFrameDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Number of DRM objects making up this frame.
+     */
+    int nb_objects;
+    /**
+     * Array of objects making up the frame.
+     */
+    AVDRMObjectDescriptor objects[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+    /**
+     * Number of layers in the frame.
+     */
+    int nb_layers;
+    /**
+     * Array of layers in the frame.
+     */
+    AVDRMLayerDescriptor layers[AV_DRM_MAX_PLANES];
+} AVDRMFrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * DRM device.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVDRMDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * File descriptor of DRM device.
+     *
+     * This is used as the device to create frames on, and may also be
+     * used in some derivation and mapping operations.
+     *
+     * If no device is required, set to -1.
+     */
+    int fd;
+} AVDRMDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DRM_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e1b79bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_dxva2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2.
+ *
+ * Only fixed-size pools are supported.
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9.
+ */
+
+#include <d3d9.h>
+#include <dxva2api.h>
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2DeviceContext {
+    IDirect3DDeviceManager9 *devmgr;
+} AVDXVA2DeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVDXVA2FramesContext {
+    /**
+     * The surface type (e.g. DXVA2_VideoProcessorRenderTarget or
+     * DXVA2_VideoDecoderRenderTarget). Must be set by the caller.
+     */
+    DWORD               surface_type;
+
+    /**
+     * The surface pool. When an external pool is not provided by the caller,
+     * this will be managed (allocated and filled on init, freed on uninit) by
+     * libavutil.
+     */
+    IDirect3DSurface9 **surfaces;
+    int              nb_surfaces;
+
+    /**
+     * Certain drivers require the decoder to be destroyed before the surfaces.
+     * To allow internally managed pools to work properly in such cases, this
+     * field is provided.
+     *
+     * If it is non-NULL, libavutil will call IDirectXVideoDecoder_Release() on
+     * it just before the internal surface pool is freed.
+     *
+     * This is for convenience only. Some code uses other methods to manage the
+     * decoder reference.
+     */
+    IDirectXVideoDecoder *decoder_to_release;
+} AVDXVA2FramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_DXVA2_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..920e177
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_mediacodec.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H
+
+/**
+ * MediaCodec details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVMediaCodecDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * android/view/Surface handle, to be filled by the user.
+     *
+     * This is the default surface used by decoders on this device.
+     */
+    void *surface;
+
+    /**
+     * Pointer to ANativeWindow.
+     *
+     * It both surface and native_window is NULL, try to create it
+     * automatically if OS support.
+     *
+     * It can be used as output surface for decoder and input surface for
+     * encoder.
+     */
+    void *native_window;
+} AVMediaCodecDeviceContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_MEDIACODEC_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef54486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_opencl.h
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H
+
+#ifdef __APPLE__
+#include <OpenCL/cl.h>
+#else
+#include <CL/cl.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL.
+ *
+ * Pools allocated internally are always dynamic, and are primarily intended
+ * to be used in OpenCL-only cases.  If interoperation is required, it is
+ * typically required to allocate frames in the other API and then map the
+ * frames context to OpenCL with av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived().
+ */
+
+/**
+ * OpenCL frame descriptor for pool allocation.
+ *
+ * In user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer pointing at an object of this type describing the
+ * planes of the frame.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Number of planes in the frame.
+     */
+    int nb_planes;
+    /**
+     * OpenCL image2d objects for each plane of the frame.
+     */
+    cl_mem planes[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+} AVOpenCLFrameDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * OpenCL device details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVOpenCLDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * The primary device ID of the device.  If multiple OpenCL devices
+     * are associated with the context then this is the one which will
+     * be used for all operations internal to FFmpeg.
+     */
+    cl_device_id device_id;
+    /**
+     * The OpenCL context which will contain all operations and frames on
+     * this device.
+     */
+    cl_context context;
+    /**
+     * The default command queue for this device, which will be used by all
+     * frames contexts which do not have their own command queue.  If not
+     * intialised by the user, a default queue will be created on the
+     * primary device.
+     */
+    cl_command_queue command_queue;
+} AVOpenCLDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * OpenCL-specific data associated with a frame pool.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOpenCLFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * The command queue used for internal asynchronous operations on this
+     * device (av_hwframe_transfer_data(), av_hwframe_map()).
+     *
+     * If this is not set, the command queue from the associated device is
+     * used instead.
+     */
+    cl_command_queue command_queue;
+} AVOpenCLFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_OPENCL_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e2dba8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_qsv.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H
+
+#include <mfxvideo.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV.
+ *
+ * This API does not support dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must
+ * contain AVBufferRefs whose data pointer points to an mfxFrameSurface1 struct.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVDeviceContext {
+    mfxSession session;
+    /**
+     * The mfxLoader handle used for mfxSession creation
+     *
+     * This field is only available for oneVPL user. For non-oneVPL user, this
+     * field must be set to NULL.
+     *
+     * Filled by the user before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() and should be
+     * cast to mfxLoader handle. Deallocating the AVHWDeviceContext will always
+     * release this interface.
+     */
+    void *loader;
+} AVQSVDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVQSVFramesContext {
+    mfxFrameSurface1 *surfaces;
+    int            nb_surfaces;
+
+    /**
+     * A combination of MFX_MEMTYPE_* describing the frame pool.
+     */
+    int frame_type;
+} AVQSVFramesContext;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_QSV_H */
+
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b2e071
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H
+
+#include <va/va.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI.
+ *
+ * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render
+ * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an
+ * argument to vaCreateContext().
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID.
+ */
+
+enum {
+    /**
+     * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected
+     * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init().
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0),
+    /**
+     * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by
+     * vaRenderPicture().  Additional code will be required to destroy them
+     * separately afterwards.
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1),
+
+    /**
+     * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute,
+     * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it.
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2),
+
+    /**
+     * The driver does not support surface attributes at all.
+     * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation,
+     * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked.
+     */
+    AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3),
+};
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI connection details.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user.
+     */
+    VADisplay display;
+    /**
+     * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(),
+     * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the
+     * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present.  The user
+     * may need to refer to this field when performing any later
+     * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay.
+     */
+    unsigned int driver_quirks;
+} AVVAAPIDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool.
+ *
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in
+     * the frame pool.  If null, default settings are used.
+     */
+    VASurfaceAttrib *attributes;
+    int           nb_attributes;
+    /**
+     * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation.
+     * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive.
+     * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to
+     * vaCreateContext().
+     */
+    VASurfaceID     *surface_ids;
+    int           nb_surfaces;
+} AVVAAPIFramesContext;
+
+/**
+ * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details.
+ *
+ * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig {
+    /**
+     * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration.
+     */
+    VAConfigID config_id;
+} AVVAAPIHWConfig;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b7ea1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vdpau.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H
+
+#include <vdpau/vdpau.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU.
+ *
+ * This API supports dynamic frame pools. AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a VdpVideoSurface.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This struct is allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx
+ */
+typedef struct AVVDPAUDeviceContext {
+    VdpDevice          device;
+    VdpGetProcAddress *get_proc_address;
+} AVVDPAUDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * AVHWFramesContext.hwctx is currently not used
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VDPAU_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..25dde85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_videotoolbox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include <VideoToolbox/VideoToolbox.h>
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * An API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX.
+ *
+ * This API supports frame allocation using a native CVPixelBufferPool
+ * instead of an AVBufferPool.
+ *
+ * If the API user sets a custom pool, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return
+ * AVBufferRefs whose data pointer is a CVImageBufferRef or CVPixelBufferRef.
+ * Note that the underlying CVPixelBuffer could be retained by OS frameworks
+ * depending on application usage, so it is preferable to let CoreVideo manage
+ * the pool using the default implementation.
+ *
+ * Currently AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx and AVHWFramesContext.hwctx are always
+ * NULL.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Convert a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format to AVPixelFormat.
+ * Returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_map_videotoolbox_format_to_pixfmt(uint32_t cv_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVPixelFormat to a VideoToolbox (actually CoreVideo) format.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Same as av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt function, but can map and
+ * return full range pixel formats via a flag.
+ */
+uint32_t av_map_videotoolbox_format_from_pixfmt2(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, bool full_range);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVChromaLocation to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo chroma location string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_chroma_loc_from_av(enum AVChromaLocation loc);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVColorSpace to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color matrix string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_matrix_from_av(enum AVColorSpace space);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVColorPrimaries to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color primaries string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_primaries_from_av(enum AVColorPrimaries pri);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVColorTransferCharacteristic to a VideoToolbox/CoreVideo color transfer
+ * function string.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+CFStringRef av_map_videotoolbox_color_trc_from_av(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic trc);
+
+/**
+ * Update a CVPixelBufferRef's metadata to based on an AVFrame.
+ * Returns 0 if no known equivalent was found.
+ */
+int av_vt_pixbuf_set_attachments(void *log_ctx,
+                                 CVPixelBufferRef pixbuf, const struct AVFrame *src);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VIDEOTOOLBOX_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..df86c85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vulkan.h
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H
+#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR)
+#define VK_USE_PLATFORM_WIN32_KHR
+#endif
+#include <vulkan/vulkan.h>
+
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN.
+ *
+ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs
+ * with the data pointer set to an AVVkFrame.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Main Vulkan context, allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx.
+ * All of these can be set before init to change what the context uses
+ */
+typedef struct AVVulkanDeviceContext {
+    /**
+     * Custom memory allocator, else NULL
+     */
+    const VkAllocationCallbacks *alloc;
+
+    /**
+     * Pointer to the instance-provided vkGetInstanceProcAddr loading function.
+     * If NULL, will pick either libvulkan or libvolk, depending on libavutil's
+     * compilation settings, and set this field.
+     */
+    PFN_vkGetInstanceProcAddr get_proc_addr;
+
+    /**
+     * Vulkan instance. Must be at least version 1.2.
+     */
+    VkInstance inst;
+
+    /**
+     * Physical device
+     */
+    VkPhysicalDevice phys_dev;
+
+    /**
+     * Active device
+     */
+    VkDevice act_dev;
+
+    /**
+     * This structure should be set to the set of features that present and enabled
+     * during device creation. When a device is created by FFmpeg, it will default to
+     * enabling all that are present of the shaderImageGatherExtended,
+     * fragmentStoresAndAtomics, shaderInt64 and vertexPipelineStoresAndAtomics features.
+     */
+    VkPhysicalDeviceFeatures2 device_features;
+
+    /**
+     * Enabled instance extensions.
+     * If supplying your own device context, set this to an array of strings, with
+     * each entry containing the specified Vulkan extension string to enable.
+     * Duplicates are possible and accepted.
+     * If no extensions are enabled, set these fields to NULL, and 0 respectively.
+     */
+    const char * const *enabled_inst_extensions;
+    int nb_enabled_inst_extensions;
+
+    /**
+     * Enabled device extensions. By default, VK_KHR_external_memory_fd,
+     * VK_EXT_external_memory_dma_buf, VK_EXT_image_drm_format_modifier,
+     * VK_KHR_external_semaphore_fd and VK_EXT_external_memory_host are enabled if found.
+     * If supplying your own device context, these fields takes the same format as
+     * the above fields, with the same conditions that duplicates are possible
+     * and accepted, and that NULL and 0 respectively means no extensions are enabled.
+     */
+    const char * const *enabled_dev_extensions;
+    int nb_enabled_dev_extensions;
+
+    /**
+     * Queue family index for graphics operations, and the number of queues
+     * enabled for it. If unavaiable, will be set to -1. Not required.
+     * av_hwdevice_create() will attempt to find a dedicated queue for each
+     * queue family, or pick the one with the least unrelated flags set.
+     * Queue indices here may overlap if a queue has to share capabilities.
+     */
+    int queue_family_index;
+    int nb_graphics_queues;
+
+    /**
+     * Queue family index for transfer operations and the number of queues
+     * enabled. Required.
+     */
+    int queue_family_tx_index;
+    int nb_tx_queues;
+
+    /**
+     * Queue family index for compute operations and the number of queues
+     * enabled. Required.
+     */
+    int queue_family_comp_index;
+    int nb_comp_queues;
+
+    /**
+     * Queue family index for video encode ops, and the amount of queues enabled.
+     * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_encode_index will be -1.
+     * Not required.
+     */
+    int queue_family_encode_index;
+    int nb_encode_queues;
+
+    /**
+     * Queue family index for video decode ops, and the amount of queues enabled.
+     * If the device doesn't support such, queue_family_decode_index will be -1.
+     * Not required.
+     */
+    int queue_family_decode_index;
+    int nb_decode_queues;
+} AVVulkanDeviceContext;
+
+/**
+ * Defines the behaviour of frame allocation.
+ */
+typedef enum AVVkFrameFlags {
+    /* Unless this flag is set, autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the
+     * device and tiling during av_hwframe_ctx_init(). */
+    AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE              = (1ULL << 0),
+
+    /* Image planes will be allocated in a single VkDeviceMemory, rather
+     * than as per-plane VkDeviceMemory allocations. Required for exporting
+     * to VAAPI on Intel devices. */
+    AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_CONTIGUOUS_MEMORY = (1ULL << 1),
+} AVVkFrameFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx, used to set pool-specific options
+ */
+typedef struct AVVulkanFramesContext {
+    /**
+     * Controls the tiling of allocated frames. If left as optimal tiling,
+     * then during av_hwframe_ctx_init() will decide based on whether the device
+     * supports DRM modifiers, or if the linear_images flag is set, otherwise
+     * will allocate optimally-tiled images.
+     */
+    VkImageTiling tiling;
+
+    /**
+     * Defines extra usage of output frames. If left as 0, the following bits
+     * are set: TRANSFER_SRC, TRANSFER_DST. SAMPLED and STORAGE.
+     */
+    VkImageUsageFlagBits usage;
+
+    /**
+     * Extension data for image creation.
+     * If VkImageDrmFormatModifierListCreateInfoEXT is present in the chain,
+     * and the device supports DRM modifiers, then images will be allocated
+     * with the specific requested DRM modifiers.
+     * Additional structures may be added at av_hwframe_ctx_init() time,
+     * which will be freed automatically on uninit(), so users need only free
+     * any structures they've allocated themselves.
+     */
+    void *create_pnext;
+
+    /**
+     * Extension data for memory allocation. Must have as many entries as
+     * the number of planes of the sw_format.
+     * This will be chained to VkExportMemoryAllocateInfo, which is used
+     * to make all pool images exportable to other APIs if the necessary
+     * extensions are present in enabled_dev_extensions.
+     */
+    void *alloc_pnext[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * A combination of AVVkFrameFlags. Unless AV_VK_FRAME_FLAG_NONE is set,
+     * autodetected flags will be OR'd based on the device and tiling during
+     * av_hwframe_ctx_init().
+     */
+    AVVkFrameFlags flags;
+} AVVulkanFramesContext;
+
+/*
+ * Frame structure, the VkFormat of the image will always match
+ * the pool's sw_format.
+ * All frames, imported or allocated, will be created with the
+ * VK_IMAGE_CREATE_ALIAS_BIT flag set, so the memory may be aliased if needed.
+ *
+ * If all queue family indices in the device context are the same,
+ * images will be created with the EXCLUSIVE sharing mode. Otherwise, all images
+ * will be created using the CONCURRENT sharing mode.
+ *
+ * @note the size of this structure is not part of the ABI, to allocate
+ * you must use @av_vk_frame_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVkFrame {
+    /**
+     * Vulkan images to which the memory is bound to.
+     */
+    VkImage img[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * The same tiling must be used for all images in the frame.
+     */
+    VkImageTiling tiling;
+
+    /**
+     * Memory backing the images. Could be less than the amount of planes,
+     * in which case the offset value will indicate the binding offset of
+     * each plane in the memory.
+     */
+    VkDeviceMemory mem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+    size_t size[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * OR'd flags for all memory allocated
+     */
+    VkMemoryPropertyFlagBits flags;
+
+    /**
+     * Updated after every barrier
+     */
+    VkAccessFlagBits access[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+    VkImageLayout layout[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * Synchronization timeline semaphores, one for each sw_format plane.
+     * Must not be freed manually. Must be waited on at every submission using
+     * the value in sem_value, and must be signalled at every submission,
+     * using an incremented value.
+     */
+    VkSemaphore sem[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * Up to date semaphore value at which each image becomes accessible.
+     * Clients must wait on this value when submitting a command queue,
+     * and increment it when signalling.
+     */
+    uint64_t sem_value[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+
+    /**
+     * Internal data.
+     */
+    struct AVVkFrameInternal *internal;
+
+    /**
+     * Describes the binding offset of each plane to the VkDeviceMemory.
+     */
+    ptrdiff_t offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS];
+} AVVkFrame;
+
+/**
+ * Allocates a single AVVkFrame and initializes everything as 0.
+ * @note Must be freed via av_free()
+ */
+AVVkFrame *av_vk_frame_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Returns the format of each image up to the number of planes for a given sw_format.
+ * Returns NULL on unsupported formats.
+ */
+const VkFormat *av_vkfmt_from_pixfmt(enum AVPixelFormat p);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VULKAN_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e10ac14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/imgutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc image utilities
+ *
+ * @addtogroup lavu_picture
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "pixdesc.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * Compute the max pixel step for each plane of an image with a
+ * format described by pixdesc.
+ *
+ * The pixel step is the distance in bytes between the first byte of
+ * the group of bytes which describe a pixel component and the first
+ * byte of the successive group in the same plane for the same
+ * component.
+ *
+ * @param max_pixsteps an array which is filled with the max pixel step
+ * for each plane. Since a plane may contain different pixel
+ * components, the computed max_pixsteps[plane] is relative to the
+ * component in the plane with the max pixel step.
+ * @param max_pixstep_comps an array which is filled with the component
+ * for each plane which has the max pixel step. May be NULL.
+ * @param pixdesc the AVPixFmtDescriptor for the image, describing its format
+ */
+void av_image_fill_max_pixsteps(int max_pixsteps[4], int max_pixstep_comps[4],
+                                const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Compute the size of an image line with format pix_fmt and width
+ * width for the plane plane.
+ *
+ * @return the computed size in bytes
+ */
+int av_image_get_linesize(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int plane);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane linesizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * width width.
+ *
+ * @param linesizes array to be filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param width width of the image in pixels
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_linesizes(int linesizes[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane sizes for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and height height.
+ *
+ * @param size the array to be filled with the size of each image plane
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param height height of the image in pixels
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ *        plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative error code otherwise
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ *       int for av_image_fill_linesizes().
+ */
+int av_image_fill_plane_sizes(size_t size[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+                              int height, const ptrdiff_t linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers for an image with pixel format pix_fmt and
+ * height height.
+ *
+ * @param data pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param height height of the image in pixels
+ * @param ptr the pointer to a buffer which will contain the image
+ * @param linesizes the array containing the linesize for each
+ * plane, should be filled by av_image_fill_linesizes()
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_pointers(uint8_t *data[4], enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int height,
+                           uint8_t *ptr, const int linesizes[4]);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an image with size w and h and pixel format pix_fmt, and
+ * fill pointers and linesizes accordingly.
+ * The allocated image buffer has to be freed by using
+ * av_freep(&pointers[0]).
+ *
+ * @param pointers array to be filled with the pointer for each image plane
+ * @param linesizes the array filled with the linesize for each plane
+ * @param w width of the image in pixels
+ * @param h height of the image in pixels
+ * @param pix_fmt the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param align the value to use for buffer size alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for the image buffer, a negative
+ * error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_alloc(uint8_t *pointers[4], int linesizes[4],
+                   int w, int h, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image plane from src to dst.
+ * That is, copy "height" number of lines of "bytewidth" bytes each.
+ * The first byte of each successive line is separated by *_linesize
+ * bytes.
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @param dst          destination plane to copy to
+ * @param dst_linesize linesize for the image plane in dst
+ * @param src          source plane to copy from
+ * @param src_linesize linesize for the image plane in src
+ * @param height       height (number of lines) of the plane
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane(uint8_t       *dst, int dst_linesize,
+                         const uint8_t *src, int src_linesize,
+                         int bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
+ * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
+ * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
+ * av_image_copy_plane().
+ *
+ * bytewidth must be contained by both absolute values of dst_linesize
+ * and src_linesize, otherwise the function behavior is undefined.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ *       int for av_image_copy_plane().
+ * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
+ *       size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
+ */
+void av_image_copy_plane_uc_from(uint8_t       *dst, ptrdiff_t dst_linesize,
+                                 const uint8_t *src, ptrdiff_t src_linesize,
+                                 ptrdiff_t bytewidth, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image in src_data to dst_data.
+ *
+ * @param dst_data      destination image data buffer to copy to
+ * @param dst_linesizes linesizes for the image in dst_data
+ * @param src_data      source image data buffer to copy from
+ * @param src_linesizes linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt       the AVPixelFormat of the image
+ * @param width         width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height        height of the image in pixels
+ */
+void av_image_copy(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesizes[4],
+                   const uint8_t *src_data[4], const int src_linesizes[4],
+                   enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data located in uncacheable (e.g. GPU mapped) memory. Where
+ * available, this function will use special functionality for reading from such
+ * memory, which may result in greatly improved performance compared to plain
+ * av_image_copy().
+ *
+ * The data pointers and the linesizes must be aligned to the maximum required
+ * by the CPU architecture.
+ *
+ * @note The linesize parameters have the type ptrdiff_t here, while they are
+ *       int for av_image_copy().
+ * @note On x86, the linesizes currently need to be aligned to the cacheline
+ *       size (i.e. 64) to get improved performance.
+ */
+void av_image_copy_uc_from(uint8_t *dst_data[4],       const ptrdiff_t dst_linesizes[4],
+                           const uint8_t *src_data[4], const ptrdiff_t src_linesizes[4],
+                           enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * Setup the data pointers and linesizes based on the specified image
+ * parameters and the provided array.
+ *
+ * The fields of the given image are filled in by using the src
+ * address which points to the image data buffer. Depending on the
+ * specified pixel format, one or multiple image data pointers and
+ * line sizes will be set.  If a planar format is specified, several
+ * pointers will be set pointing to the different picture planes and
+ * the line sizes of the different planes will be stored in the
+ * lines_sizes array. Call with src == NULL to get the required
+ * size for the src buffer.
+ *
+ * To allocate the buffer and fill in the dst_data and dst_linesize in
+ * one call, use av_image_alloc().
+ *
+ * @param dst_data      data pointers to be filled in
+ * @param dst_linesize  linesizes for the image in dst_data to be filled in
+ * @param src           buffer which will contain or contains the actual image data, can be NULL
+ * @param pix_fmt       the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width         the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height        the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align         the value used in src for linesize alignment
+ * @return the size in bytes required for src, a negative error code
+ * in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_fill_arrays(uint8_t *dst_data[4], int dst_linesize[4],
+                         const uint8_t *src,
+                         enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Return the size in bytes of the amount of data required to store an
+ * image with the given parameters.
+ *
+ * @param pix_fmt  the pixel format of the image
+ * @param width    the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height   the height of the image in pixels
+ * @param align    the assumed linesize alignment
+ * @return the buffer size in bytes, a negative error code in case of failure
+ */
+int av_image_get_buffer_size(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy image data from an image into a buffer.
+ *
+ * av_image_get_buffer_size() can be used to compute the required size
+ * for the buffer to fill.
+ *
+ * @param dst           a buffer into which picture data will be copied
+ * @param dst_size      the size in bytes of dst
+ * @param src_data      pointers containing the source image data
+ * @param src_linesize  linesizes for the image in src_data
+ * @param pix_fmt       the pixel format of the source image
+ * @param width         the width of the source image in pixels
+ * @param height        the height of the source image in pixels
+ * @param align         the assumed linesize alignment for dst
+ * @return the number of bytes written to dst, or a negative value
+ * (error code) on error
+ */
+int av_image_copy_to_buffer(uint8_t *dst, int dst_size,
+                            const uint8_t * const src_data[4], const int src_linesize[4],
+                            enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int width, int height, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of the image can be addressed with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given dimension of an image is valid, meaning that all
+ * bytes of a plane of an image with the specified pix_fmt can be addressed
+ * with a signed int.
+ *
+ * @param w the width of the picture
+ * @param h the height of the picture
+ * @param max_pixels the maximum number of pixels the user wants to accept
+ * @param pix_fmt the pixel format, can be AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if unknown.
+ * @param log_offset the offset to sum to the log level for logging with log_ctx
+ * @param log_ctx the parent logging context, it may be NULL
+ * @return >= 0 if valid, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_size2(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, int64_t max_pixels, enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the given sample aspect ratio of an image is valid.
+ *
+ * It is considered invalid if the denominator is 0 or if applying the ratio
+ * to the image size would make the smaller dimension less than 1. If the
+ * sar numerator is 0, it is considered unknown and will return as valid.
+ *
+ * @param w width of the image
+ * @param h height of the image
+ * @param sar sample aspect ratio of the image
+ * @return 0 if valid, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_check_sar(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, AVRational sar);
+
+/**
+ * Overwrite the image data with black. This is suitable for filling a
+ * sub-rectangle of an image, meaning the padding between the right most pixel
+ * and the left most pixel on the next line will not be overwritten. For some
+ * formats, the image size might be rounded up due to inherent alignment.
+ *
+ * If the pixel format has alpha, the alpha is cleared to opaque.
+ *
+ * This can return an error if the pixel format is not supported. Normally, all
+ * non-hwaccel pixel formats should be supported.
+ *
+ * Passing NULL for dst_data is allowed. Then the function returns whether the
+ * operation would have succeeded. (It can return an error if the pix_fmt is
+ * not supported.)
+ *
+ * @param dst_data      data pointers to destination image
+ * @param dst_linesize  linesizes for the destination image
+ * @param pix_fmt       the pixel format of the image
+ * @param range         the color range of the image (important for colorspaces such as YUV)
+ * @param width         the width of the image in pixels
+ * @param height        the height of the image in pixels
+ * @return 0 if the image data was cleared, a negative AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_image_fill_black(uint8_t *dst_data[4], const ptrdiff_t dst_linesize[4],
+                        enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt, enum AVColorRange range,
+                        int width, int height);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_IMGUTILS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fe3d7ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intfloat.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+union av_intfloat32 {
+    uint32_t i;
+    float    f;
+};
+
+union av_intfloat64 {
+    uint64_t i;
+    double   f;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float.
+ */
+static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v;
+    v.i = i;
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat32 v;
+    v.f = f;
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double.
+ */
+static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v;
+    v.i = i;
+    return v.f;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer.
+ */
+static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f)
+{
+    union av_intfloat64 v;
+    v.f = f;
+    return v.i;
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c8413a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/intreadwrite.h
@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+#define AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "bswap.h"
+
+typedef union {
+    uint64_t u64;
+    uint32_t u32[2];
+    uint16_t u16[4];
+    uint8_t  u8 [8];
+    double   f64;
+    float    f32[2];
+} av_alias av_alias64;
+
+typedef union {
+    uint32_t u32;
+    uint16_t u16[2];
+    uint8_t  u8 [4];
+    float    f32;
+} av_alias av_alias32;
+
+typedef union {
+    uint16_t u16;
+    uint8_t  u8 [2];
+} av_alias av_alias16;
+
+/*
+ * Arch-specific headers can provide any combination of
+ * AV_[RW][BLN](16|24|32|48|64) and AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128) macros.
+ * Preprocessor symbols must be defined, even if these are implemented
+ * as inline functions.
+ *
+ * R/W means read/write, B/L/N means big/little/native endianness.
+ * The following macros require aligned access, compared to their
+ * unaligned variants: AV_(COPY|SWAP|ZERO)(64|128), AV_[RW]N[8-64]A.
+ * Incorrect usage may range from abysmal performance to crash
+ * depending on the platform.
+ *
+ * The unaligned variants are AV_[RW][BLN][8-64] and AV_COPY*U.
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H
+
+#include "config.h"
+
+#if   ARCH_ARM
+#   include "arm/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_AVR32
+#   include "avr32/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_MIPS
+#   include "mips/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_PPC
+#   include "ppc/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_TOMI
+#   include "tomi/intreadwrite.h"
+#elif ARCH_X86
+#   include "x86/intreadwrite.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */
+
+/*
+ * Map AV_RNXX <-> AV_R[BL]XX for all variants provided by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RB16)
+#       define AV_RB16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN16) &&  defined(AV_RB16)
+#       define AV_RN16(p) AV_RB16(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WB16)
+#       define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN16) &&  defined(AV_WB16)
+#       define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WB16(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RB24)
+#       define AV_RB24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN24) &&  defined(AV_RB24)
+#       define AV_RN24(p) AV_RB24(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WB24)
+#       define AV_WB24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN24) &&  defined(AV_WB24)
+#       define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WB24(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RB32)
+#       define AV_RB32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN32) &&  defined(AV_RB32)
+#       define AV_RN32(p) AV_RB32(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WB32)
+#       define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN32) &&  defined(AV_WB32)
+#       define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WB32(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RB48)
+#       define AV_RB48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN48) &&  defined(AV_RB48)
+#       define AV_RN48(p) AV_RB48(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WB48)
+#       define AV_WB48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN48) &&  defined(AV_WB48)
+#       define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WB48(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RB64)
+#       define AV_RB64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN64) &&  defined(AV_RB64)
+#       define AV_RN64(p) AV_RB64(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WB64)
+#       define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN64) &&  defined(AV_WB64)
+#       define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WB64(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#else /* AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN16) && !defined(AV_RL16)
+#       define AV_RL16(p) AV_RN16(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN16) &&  defined(AV_RL16)
+#       define AV_RN16(p) AV_RL16(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN16) && !defined(AV_WL16)
+#       define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WN16(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN16) &&  defined(AV_WL16)
+#       define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WL16(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN24) && !defined(AV_RL24)
+#       define AV_RL24(p) AV_RN24(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN24) &&  defined(AV_RL24)
+#       define AV_RN24(p) AV_RL24(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN24) && !defined(AV_WL24)
+#       define AV_WL24(p, v) AV_WN24(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN24) &&  defined(AV_WL24)
+#       define AV_WN24(p, v) AV_WL24(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN32) && !defined(AV_RL32)
+#       define AV_RL32(p) AV_RN32(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN32) &&  defined(AV_RL32)
+#       define AV_RN32(p) AV_RL32(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN32) && !defined(AV_WL32)
+#       define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WN32(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN32) &&  defined(AV_WL32)
+#       define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WL32(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN48) && !defined(AV_RL48)
+#       define AV_RL48(p) AV_RN48(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN48) &&  defined(AV_RL48)
+#       define AV_RN48(p) AV_RL48(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN48) && !defined(AV_WL48)
+#       define AV_WL48(p, v) AV_WN48(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN48) &&  defined(AV_WL48)
+#       define AV_WN48(p, v) AV_WL48(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_RN64) && !defined(AV_RL64)
+#       define AV_RL64(p) AV_RN64(p)
+#   elif !defined(AV_RN64) &&  defined(AV_RL64)
+#       define AV_RN64(p) AV_RL64(p)
+#   endif
+
+#   if    defined(AV_WN64) && !defined(AV_WL64)
+#       define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WN64(p, v)
+#   elif !defined(AV_WN64) &&  defined(AV_WL64)
+#       define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WL64(p, v)
+#   endif
+
+#endif /* !AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN */
+
+/*
+ * Define AV_[RW]N helper macros to simplify definitions not provided
+ * by per-arch headers.
+ */
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+union unaligned_64 { uint64_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_32 { uint32_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+union unaligned_16 { uint16_t l; } __attribute__((packed)) av_alias;
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (((const union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) ((((union unaligned_##s *) (p))->l) = (v))
+
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (defined(_M_ARM) || defined(_M_X64) || defined(_M_ARM64)) && AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (*((const __unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)))
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) (*((__unaligned uint##s##_t*)(p)) = (v))
+
+#elif AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED
+
+#   define AV_RN(s, p) (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#else
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+#   define AV_RB16(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 8) |          \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[1])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+#   define AV_WB16(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint16_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>8;            \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+#   define AV_RL16(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 8) |          \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+#   define AV_WL16(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint16_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+#   define AV_RB32(x)                                \
+    (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 24) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 16) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] <<  8) |    \
+                ((const uint8_t*)(x))[3])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+#   define AV_WB32(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint32_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>24;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+#   define AV_RL32(x)                                \
+    (((uint32_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |    \
+               (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |    \
+                ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+#   define AV_WL32(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint32_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+#   define AV_RB64(x)                                   \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 56) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 48) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 40) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 32) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 24) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 16) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] <<  8) |       \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+#   define AV_WB64(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint64_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>40;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>48;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>56;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+#   define AV_RL64(x)                                   \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[7] << 56) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[6] << 48) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |       \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |       \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+#   define AV_WL64(p, val) do {                 \
+        uint64_t d = (val);                     \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[6] = (d)>>48;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[7] = (d)>>56;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RN(s, p)    AV_RB##s(p)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WB##s(p, v)
+#else
+#   define AV_RN(s, p)    AV_RL##s(p)
+#   define AV_WN(s, p, v) AV_WL##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED */
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16
+#   define AV_RN16(p) AV_RN(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32
+#   define AV_RN32(p) AV_RN(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64
+#   define AV_RN64(p) AV_RN(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16
+#   define AV_WN16(p, v) AV_WN(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32
+#   define AV_WN32(p, v) AV_WN(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64
+#   define AV_WN64(p, v) AV_WN(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RB(s, p)    AV_RN##s(p)
+#   define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#   define AV_RL(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+#   define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+#   define AV_RB(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s(p))
+#   define AV_WB(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#   define AV_RL(s, p)    AV_RN##s(p)
+#   define AV_WL(s, p, v) AV_WN##s(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_RB8(x)     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#define AV_WB8(p, d)  do { ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d); } while(0)
+
+#define AV_RL8(x)     AV_RB8(x)
+#define AV_WL8(p, d)  AV_WB8(p, d)
+
+#ifndef AV_RB16
+#   define AV_RB16(p)    AV_RB(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB16
+#   define AV_WB16(p, v) AV_WB(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL16
+#   define AV_RL16(p)    AV_RL(16, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL16
+#   define AV_WL16(p, v) AV_WL(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB32
+#   define AV_RB32(p)    AV_RB(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB32
+#   define AV_WB32(p, v) AV_WB(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL32
+#   define AV_RL32(p)    AV_RL(32, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL32
+#   define AV_WL32(p, v) AV_WL(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB64
+#   define AV_RB64(p)    AV_RB(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB64
+#   define AV_WB64(p, v) AV_WB(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64
+#   define AV_RL64(p)    AV_RL(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64
+#   define AV_WL64(p, v) AV_WL(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB24
+#   define AV_RB24(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 16) |         \
+     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[2])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB24
+#   define AV_WB24(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>16;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL24
+#   define AV_RL24(x)                           \
+    ((((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |         \
+     (((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      ((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL24
+#   define AV_WL24(p, d) do {                   \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RB48
+#   define AV_RB48(x)                                     \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0] << 40) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] << 32) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 24) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 16) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] <<  8) |         \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WB48
+#   define AV_WB48(p, darg) do {                \
+        uint64_t d = (darg);                    \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d)>>40;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL48
+#   define AV_RL48(x)                                     \
+    (((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[5] << 40) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[4] << 32) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[3] << 24) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[2] << 16) |         \
+     ((uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[1] <<  8) |         \
+      (uint64_t)((const uint8_t*)(x))[0])
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL48
+#   define AV_WL48(p, darg) do {                \
+        uint64_t d = (darg);                    \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[0] = (d);               \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[1] = (d)>>8;            \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[2] = (d)>>16;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[3] = (d)>>24;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[4] = (d)>>32;           \
+        ((uint8_t*)(p))[5] = (d)>>40;           \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_[RW]NA macros access naturally aligned data
+ * in a type-safe way.
+ */
+
+#define AV_RNA(s, p)    (((const av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s)
+#define AV_WNA(s, p, v) (((av_alias##s*)(p))->u##s = (v))
+
+#ifndef AV_RN16A
+#   define AV_RN16A(p) AV_RNA(16, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN32A
+#   define AV_RN32A(p) AV_RNA(32, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RN64A
+#   define AV_RN64A(p) AV_RNA(64, p)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN16A
+#   define AV_WN16A(p, v) AV_WNA(16, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN32A
+#   define AV_WN32A(p, v) AV_WNA(32, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_WN64A
+#   define AV_WN64A(p, v) AV_WNA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_RLA(s, p)    av_bswap##s(AV_RN##s##A(p))
+#   define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, av_bswap##s(v))
+#else
+#   define AV_RLA(s, p)    AV_RN##s##A(p)
+#   define AV_WLA(s, p, v) AV_WN##s##A(p, v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_RL64A
+#   define AV_RL64A(p) AV_RLA(64, p)
+#endif
+#ifndef AV_WL64A
+#   define AV_WL64A(p, v) AV_WLA(64, p, v)
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * The AV_COPYxxU macros are suitable for copying data to/from unaligned
+ * memory locations.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPYU(n, d, s) AV_WN##n(d, AV_RN##n(s));
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16U
+#   define AV_COPY16U(d, s) AV_COPYU(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32U
+#   define AV_COPY32U(d, s) AV_COPYU(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64U
+#   define AV_COPY64U(d, s) AV_COPYU(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128U
+#   define AV_COPY128U(d, s)                                    \
+    do {                                                        \
+        AV_COPY64U(d, s);                                       \
+        AV_COPY64U((char *)(d) + 8, (const char *)(s) + 8);     \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+/* Parameters for AV_COPY*, AV_SWAP*, AV_ZERO* must be
+ * naturally aligned. They may be implemented using MMX,
+ * so emms_c() must be called before using any float code
+ * afterwards.
+ */
+
+#define AV_COPY(n, d, s) \
+    (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = ((const av_alias##n*)(s))->u##n)
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY16
+#   define AV_COPY16(d, s) AV_COPY(16, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY32
+#   define AV_COPY32(d, s) AV_COPY(32, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY64
+#   define AV_COPY64(d, s) AV_COPY(64, d, s)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_COPY128
+#   define AV_COPY128(d, s)                    \
+    do {                                       \
+        AV_COPY64(d, s);                       \
+        AV_COPY64((char*)(d)+8, (char*)(s)+8); \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_SWAP(n, a, b) FFSWAP(av_alias##n, *(av_alias##n*)(a), *(av_alias##n*)(b))
+
+#ifndef AV_SWAP64
+#   define AV_SWAP64(a, b) AV_SWAP(64, a, b)
+#endif
+
+#define AV_ZERO(n, d) (((av_alias##n*)(d))->u##n = 0)
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO16
+#   define AV_ZERO16(d) AV_ZERO(16, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO32
+#   define AV_ZERO32(d) AV_ZERO(32, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO64
+#   define AV_ZERO64(d) AV_ZERO(64, d)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef AV_ZERO128
+#   define AV_ZERO128(d)         \
+    do {                         \
+        AV_ZERO64(d);            \
+        AV_ZERO64((char*)(d)+8); \
+    } while(0)
+#endif
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_INTREADWRITE_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e75a986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lfg.h
@@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
+/*
+ * Lagged Fibonacci PRNG
+ * Copyright (c) 2008 Michael Niedermayer
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LFG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LFG_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Context structure for the Lagged Fibonacci PRNG.
+ * The exact layout, types and content of this struct may change and should
+ * not be accessed directly. Only its `sizeof()` is guaranteed to stay the same
+ * to allow easy instanciation.
+ */
+typedef struct AVLFG {
+    unsigned int state[64];
+    int index;
+} AVLFG;
+
+void av_lfg_init(AVLFG *c, unsigned int seed);
+
+/**
+ * Seed the state of the ALFG using binary data.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative value (AVERROR) on failure.
+ */
+int av_lfg_init_from_data(AVLFG *c, const uint8_t *data, unsigned int length);
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using an ALFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider a simple LCG like state= state*1664525+1013904223,
+ * it may be good enough and faster for your specific use case.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_lfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+    unsigned a = c->state[c->index & 63] = c->state[(c->index-24) & 63] + c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+    c->index += 1U;
+    return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next random unsigned 32-bit number using a MLFG.
+ *
+ * Please also consider av_lfg_get() above, it is faster.
+ */
+static inline unsigned int av_mlfg_get(AVLFG *c){
+    unsigned int a= c->state[(c->index-55) & 63];
+    unsigned int b= c->state[(c->index-24) & 63];
+    a = c->state[c->index & 63] = 2*a*b+a+b;
+    c->index += 1U;
+    return a;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get the next two numbers generated by a Box-Muller Gaussian
+ * generator using the random numbers issued by lfg.
+ *
+ * @param lfg pointer to the contex structure
+ * @param out array where the two generated numbers are placed
+ */
+void av_bmg_get(AVLFG *lfg, double out[2]);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LFG_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ab7ceab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/log.h
@@ -0,0 +1,387 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H
+#define AVUTIL_LOG_H
+
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+typedef enum {
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT,
+    AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB  ///< not part of ABI/API
+}AVClassCategory;
+
+#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+    (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT))
+
+#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \
+    (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \
+     ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT))
+
+struct AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an
+ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an
+ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.).
+ */
+typedef struct AVClass {
+    /**
+     * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the
+     * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated.
+     */
+    const char* class_name;
+
+    /**
+     * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context
+     * instance ctx associated with the class.
+     */
+    const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL
+     *
+     * @see av_set_default_options()
+     */
+    const struct AVOption *option;
+
+    /**
+     * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created.
+     * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major
+     * version bumps everywhere.
+     */
+
+    int version;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored.
+     * 0 means there is no such variable
+     */
+    int log_level_offset_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for
+     * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext
+     * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation
+     * could then leverage to display the parent context.
+     * The offset can be NULL.
+     */
+    int parent_log_context_offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Category used for visualization (like color)
+     * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class.
+     * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100)
+     */
+    AVClassCategory category;
+
+    /**
+     * Callback to return the category.
+     * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100)
+     */
+    AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx);
+
+    /**
+     * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges.
+     * available since version (52.12)
+     */
+    int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+    /**
+     * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+     */
+    void* (*child_next)(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+    /**
+     * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled
+     * children.
+     *
+     * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize
+     *             *iter to NULL before the first call.
+     * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are
+     *         no more such children.
+     *
+     * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next
+     *       iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate
+     *       iterates over _all possible_ children.
+     */
+    const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void **iter);
+} AVClass;
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_log
+ *
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Print no output.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_QUIET    -8
+
+/**
+ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PANIC     0
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible.
+ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends
+ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_FATAL     8
+
+/**
+ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered.
+ * However, not all future data is affected.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_ERROR    16
+
+/**
+ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not
+ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_WARNING  24
+
+/**
+ * Standard information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_INFO     32
+
+/**
+ * Detailed information.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE  40
+
+/**
+ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_DEBUG    48
+
+/**
+ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_TRACE    56
+
+#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions.
+ * @code
+   av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n");
+   @endcode
+ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not
+ * recommended.
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8)
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ */
+void av_log(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4);
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then with
+ * the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log.
+ * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance.
+ * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance.
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed
+ *        this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state
+ *        must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously.
+ */
+void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, int *state, const char *fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6);
+
+
+/**
+ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal
+ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to
+ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback
+ * function.
+ * @see av_log_set_callback
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_vlog(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @return Current log level
+ */
+int av_log_get_level(void);
+
+/**
+ * Set the log level
+ *
+ * @see lavu_log_constants
+ *
+ * @param level Logging level
+ */
+void av_log_set_level(int level);
+
+/**
+ * Set the logging callback
+ *
+ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use
+ *       threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded.
+ *
+ * @see av_log_default_callback
+ *
+ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature.
+ */
+void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list));
+
+/**
+ * Default logging callback
+ *
+ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it.
+ *
+ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *        pointer to an AVClass struct.
+ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref
+ *        lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant".
+ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how
+ *        subsequent arguments are converted to output.
+ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string.
+ */
+void av_log_default_callback(void *avcl, int level, const char *fmt,
+                             va_list vl);
+
+/**
+ * Return the context name
+ *
+ * @param  ctx The AVClass context
+ *
+ * @return The AVClass class_name
+ */
+const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx);
+AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formatted line
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ */
+void av_log_format_line(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback.
+ * @param line          buffer to receive the formatted line;
+ *                      may be NULL if line_size is 0
+ * @param line_size     size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will
+ *                      be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator
+ * @param print_prefix  used to store whether the prefix must be printed;
+ *                      must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1
+ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns
+ *         the number of characters that would have been written for a
+ *         sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null
+ *         character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means
+ *         that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer.
+ */
+int av_log_format_line2(void *ptr, int level, const char *fmt, va_list vl,
+                        char *line, int line_size, int *print_prefix);
+
+/**
+ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of
+ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to
+ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some
+ * bad luck.
+ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must
+ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1
+
+/**
+ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs.
+ *
+ * Results in messages such as:
+ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts
+ */
+#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2
+
+void av_log_set_flags(int arg);
+int av_log_get_flags(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c034039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/lzo.h
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/*
+ * LZO 1x decompression
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Reimar Doeffinger
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_LZO_H
+#define AVUTIL_LZO_H
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_lzo LZO
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/** @name Error flags returned by av_lzo1x_decode
+ * @{ */
+/// end of the input buffer reached before decoding finished
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_DEPLETED  1
+/// decoded data did not fit into output buffer
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_FULL     2
+/// a reference to previously decoded data was wrong
+#define AV_LZO_INVALID_BACKPTR 4
+/// a non-specific error in the compressed bitstream
+#define AV_LZO_ERROR           8
+/** @} */
+
+#define AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING   8
+#define AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING 12
+
+/**
+ * @brief Decodes LZO 1x compressed data.
+ * @param out output buffer
+ * @param outlen size of output buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @param in input buffer
+ * @param inlen size of input buffer, number of bytes left are returned here
+ * @return 0 on success, otherwise a combination of the error flags above
+ *
+ * Make sure all buffers are appropriately padded, in must provide
+ * AV_LZO_INPUT_PADDING, out must provide AV_LZO_OUTPUT_PADDING additional bytes.
+ */
+int av_lzo1x_decode(void *out, int *outlen, const void *in, int *inlen);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_LZO_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a7567c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Utility Preprocessor macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (be)
+#else
+#   define AV_NE(be, le) (le)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Comparator.
+ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0
+ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback.
+ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and
+ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types.
+ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus
+ * must not have a side-effect.
+ */
+#define FFDIFFSIGN(x,y) (((x)>(y)) - ((x)<(y)))
+
+#define FFMAX(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
+#define FFMAX3(a,b,c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a,b),c)
+#define FFMIN(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a))
+#define FFMIN3(a,b,c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a,b),c)
+
+#define FFSWAP(type,a,b) do{type SWAP_tmp= b; b= a; a= SWAP_tmp;}while(0)
+#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0]))
+
+#define MKTAG(a,b,c,d)   ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24))
+#define MKBETAG(a,b,c,d) ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24))
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros
+ *
+ * String manipulation macros
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_STRINGIFY(s)         AV_TOSTRING(s)
+#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s
+
+#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a ## b
+#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s)
+
+#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x)+(a)-1)&~((a)-1))
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c23b07c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mastering_display_metadata.h
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Neil Birkbeck <neil.birkbeck@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+#define AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H
+
+#include "frame.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Mastering display metadata capable of representing the color volume of
+ * the display used to master the content (SMPTE 2086:2014).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc()
+ *       and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVMasteringDisplayMetadata {
+    /**
+     * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of color primaries (r, g, b order).
+     */
+    AVRational display_primaries[3][2];
+
+    /**
+     * CIE 1931 xy chromaticity coords of white point.
+     */
+    AVRational white_point[2];
+
+    /**
+     * Min luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    AVRational min_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * Max luminance of mastering display (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    AVRational max_luminance;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating whether the display primaries (and white point) are set.
+     */
+    int has_primaries;
+
+    /**
+     * Flag indicating whether the luminance (min_ and max_) have been set.
+     */
+    int has_luminance;
+
+} AVMasteringDisplayMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVMasteringDisplayMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVMasteringDisplayMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVMasteringDisplayMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVMasteringDisplayMetadata *av_mastering_display_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Content light level needed by to transmit HDR over HDMI (CTA-861.3).
+ *
+ * To be used as payload of a AVFrameSideData or AVPacketSideData with the
+ * appropriate type.
+ *
+ * @note The struct should be allocated with av_content_light_metadata_alloc()
+ *       and its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVContentLightMetadata {
+    /**
+     * Max content light level (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    unsigned MaxCLL;
+
+    /**
+     * Max average light level per frame (cd/m^2).
+     */
+    unsigned MaxFALL;
+} AVContentLightMetadata;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVContentLightMetadata structure and set its fields to
+ * default values. The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVContentLightMetadata filled with default values or NULL
+ *         on failure.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVContentLightMetadata and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVContentLightMetadata structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVContentLightMetadata *av_content_light_metadata_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e4aff1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mathematics.h
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <math.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "intfloat.h"
+
+#ifndef M_E
+#define M_E            2.7182818284590452354   /* e */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN2
+#define M_LN2          0.69314718055994530942  /* log_e 2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LN10
+#define M_LN10         2.30258509299404568402  /* log_e 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_LOG2_10
+#define M_LOG2_10      3.32192809488736234787  /* log_2 10 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PHI
+#define M_PHI          1.61803398874989484820   /* phi / golden ratio */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI
+#define M_PI           3.14159265358979323846  /* pi */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_PI_2
+#define M_PI_2         1.57079632679489661923  /* pi/2 */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT1_2
+#define M_SQRT1_2      0.70710678118654752440  /* 1/sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef M_SQRT2
+#define M_SQRT2        1.41421356237309504880  /* sqrt(2) */
+#endif
+#ifndef NAN
+#define NAN            av_int2float(0x7fc00000)
+#endif
+#ifndef INFINITY
+#define INFINITY       av_int2float(0x7f800000)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_math
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rounding methods.
+ */
+enum AVRounding {
+    AV_ROUND_ZERO     = 0, ///< Round toward zero.
+    AV_ROUND_INF      = 1, ///< Round away from zero.
+    AV_ROUND_DOWN     = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_UP       = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity.
+    AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero.
+    /**
+     * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through
+     * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+     *
+     * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a
+     * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the
+     * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal
+     * cases.
+     *
+     * @code{.c}
+     * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+     * // Rescaling 3:
+     * //     Calculating 3 * 1 / 2
+     * //     3 / 2 is rounded up to 2
+     * //     => 2
+     *
+     * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX);
+     * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE:
+     * //     AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN
+     * //     AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through
+     * //     => AV_NOPTS_VALUE
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands.
+ *
+ * @param a Operand
+ * @param b Operand
+ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= 0;
+ * if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0.
+ */
+int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that
+ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods.
+ * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding.
+ *
+ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`.
+ *
+ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q()
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq,
+                         enum AVRounding rnd) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base.
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b`
+ *         - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b`
+ *         - 0 if they represent the same position
+ *
+ * @warning
+ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside
+ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase.
+ */
+int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b);
+
+/**
+ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor.
+ *
+ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers
+ * `a` and `b`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10  (0x1) < 0x02 % 0x10  (0x2)
+ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02)
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param a Operand
+ * @param b Operand
+ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2
+ * @return
+ *         - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod`
+ *         - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod`
+ *         - zero             if `a % mod == b % mod`
+ */
+int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod);
+
+/**
+ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations.
+ *
+ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input
+ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q()
+ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations.
+ *
+ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all
+ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be
+ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE.
+ *
+ * @param[in]     in_tb    Input time base
+ * @param[in]     in_ts    Input timestamp
+ * @param[in]     fs_tb    Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained
+ *                         (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb`
+ * @param[in]     duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e.
+ *                         duration of the current packet/frame)
+ * @param[in,out] last     Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of
+ *                         `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable
+ * @param[in]     out_tb   Output timebase
+ * @return        Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb`
+ *
+ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not
+ *       seconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts,  AVRational fs_tb, int duration, int64_t *last, AVRational out_tb);
+
+/**
+ * Add a value to a timestamp.
+ *
+ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that
+ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs.
+ *
+ * @param[in] ts     Input timestamp
+ * @param[in] ts_tb  Input timestamp time base
+ * @param[in] inc    Value to be added
+ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc`
+ */
+int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, int64_t inc);
+
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc2eabd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/md5.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_md5
+ * Public header for MD5 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MD5_H
+#define AVUTIL_MD5_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_md5 MD5
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MD5 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_md5_size;
+
+struct AVMD5;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMD5 context.
+ */
+struct AVMD5 *av_md5_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize MD5 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param ctx pointer to the function context (of size av_md5_size)
+ */
+void av_md5_init(struct AVMD5 *ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param src input data to update hash with
+ * @param len input data length
+ */
+void av_md5_update(struct AVMD5 *ctx, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx hash function context
+ * @param dst buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_md5_final(struct AVMD5 *ctx, uint8_t *dst);
+
+/**
+ * Hash an array of data.
+ *
+ * @param dst The output buffer to write the digest into
+ * @param src The data to hash
+ * @param len The length of the data, in bytes
+ */
+void av_md5_sum(uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MD5_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9c4fcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/mem.h
@@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_mem
+ * Memory handling functions
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H
+#define AVUTIL_MEM_H
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_mem
+ * Utilities for manipulating memory.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical
+ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and
+ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory.
+ *
+ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a
+ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for
+ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and
+ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make
+ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#if FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED
+/**
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros
+ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42;
+ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128];
+ *
+ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be
+ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42;
+ * uint8_t aligned_array[128];
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)
+ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)
+ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline
+ * assembly code.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes
+ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element)
+ * @param v Name of the variable
+ */
+
+#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || defined(__SUNPRO_C)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    const t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(__DJGPP__)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (FFMIN(n, 16)))) v
+#elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t av_used __attribute__ ((aligned (n))) v
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      __declspec(align(n)) t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  __declspec(align(n)) t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    __declspec(align(n)) static const t v
+#else
+    #define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v)      t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v)  t v
+    #define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v)    static const t v
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes
+ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions.
+ *
+ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or
+ * generate better code.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @def av_malloc_attrib
+ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function.
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3,1)
+    #define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__))
+#else
+    #define av_malloc_attrib
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @def av_alloc_size(...)
+ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is
+ * given by the specified parameter(s).
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1);
+ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma
+ *
+ * @see <a href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a>
+ */
+
+#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4,3)
+    #define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__)))
+#else
+    #define av_alloc_size(...)
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management
+ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory.
+ *
+ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX`
+ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme
+ * caution when doing so.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU).
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ */
+void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses
+ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the
+ * block.
+ *
+ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of element
+ * @param size  Size of a single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ * @see av_malloc()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(1, 2) void *av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz().
+ *
+ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes.
+ *
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param size  Size of the single element
+ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot
+ *         be allocated
+ *
+ * @see av_mallocz()
+ * @see av_malloc_array()
+ */
+void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+
+#if FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY
+/**
+ * @deprecated use av_calloc()
+ */
+attribute_deprecated
+void *av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2);
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param ptr  Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ *             av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or
+ *             reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block
+ *         cannot be reallocated
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even
+ *          if size is zero.
+ * @see av_fast_realloc()
+ * @see av_reallocp()
+ */
+void *av_realloc(void *ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a
+ * pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is
+ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or
+ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr  Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated
+ *                     with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer
+ *                     is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in]     size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or
+ *                     reallocated
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned.
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_reallocp(void *ptr, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory.
+ *
+ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except:
+ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes,
+ *   after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow.
+ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory
+ *   leak with the classic
+ *   @code{.c}
+ *   buf = realloc(buf);
+ *   if (!buf)
+ *       return -1;
+ *   @endcode
+ *   pattern.
+ */
+void *av_realloc_f(void *ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array.
+ *
+ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block.
+ *
+ * @param ptr   Pointer to a memory block already allocated with
+ *              av_realloc() or `NULL`
+ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array
+ * @param size  Size of the single element of the array
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block
+ *         cannot be reallocated
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned. The returned pointer must be freed after even if
+ *          nmemb is zero.
+ * @see av_reallocp_array()
+ */
+av_alloc_size(2, 3) void *av_realloc_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate, reallocate an array through a pointer to a pointer.
+ *
+ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr   Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already
+ *                      allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`.
+ *                      The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure.
+ * @param[in]     nmemb Number of elements
+ * @param[in]     size  Size of the single element
+ *
+ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure
+ *
+ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be
+ *          correctly aligned. *ptr must be freed after even if nmemb is zero.
+ */
+int av_reallocp_array(void *ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated.
+ *
+ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is
+ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or
+ * freed.
+ *
+ * A typical use pattern follows:
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!new_buf) {
+ *     // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer
+ *     av_freep(&buf);
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Already allocated buffer, or `NULL`
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
+ *                         in case of failure.
+ * @param[in]     min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr`
+ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated
+ *         buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of
+ *         error
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void *av_fast_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be
+ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to
+ * avoid memleaks is necessary.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = ...;
+ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, &current_size, size_needed);
+ * if (!buf) {
+ *     // Allocation failed; buf already freed
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ *                         `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ *                         buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
+ *                         in case of failure.
+ * @param[in]     min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_realloc()
+ * @see av_fast_mallocz()
+ */
+void av_fast_malloc(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough.
+ *
+ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared.
+ * Reused buffer is not cleared.
+ *
+ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if
+ * `size_needed` is greater than 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] ptr      Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer.
+ *                         `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new
+ *                         buffer on success or `NULL` on failure
+ * @param[in,out] size     Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is
+ *                         updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0
+ *                         in case of failure.
+ * @param[in]     min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr`
+ * @see av_fast_malloc()
+ */
+void av_fast_mallocz(void *ptr, unsigned int *size, size_t min_size);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family.
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed.
+ *
+ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed.
+ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving
+ *       behind dangling pointers.
+ * @see av_freep()
+ */
+void av_free(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc()
+ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`.
+ *
+ * @code{.c}
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_free(buf);
+ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental
+ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a
+ * // security risk.
+ *
+ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16);
+ * av_freep(&buf);
+ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a
+ * // NULL-pointer dereference.
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed
+ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action.
+ * @see av_free()
+ */
+void av_freep(void *ptr);
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a string.
+ *
+ * @param s String to be duplicated
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ *         copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ * @see av_strndup()
+ */
+char *av_strdup(const char *s) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a substring of a string.
+ *
+ * @param s   String to be duplicated
+ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the
+ *            terminating byte)
+ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a
+ *         substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated
+ */
+char *av_strndup(const char *s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib;
+
+/**
+ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc().
+ *
+ * @param p    Buffer to be duplicated
+ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied
+ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a
+ *         copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated
+ */
+void *av_memdup(const void *p, size_t size);
+
+/**
+ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation.
+ *
+ * @param dst  Destination buffer
+ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of
+ *             the overlapping window); must be > 0
+ * @param cnt  Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0
+ *
+ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied,
+ *       thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`.
+ */
+void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t *dst, int back, int cnt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array
+ *
+ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed.
+ *
+ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when
+ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need.
+ *
+ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically
+ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the
+ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the
+ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of
+ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use.
+ *
+ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically
+ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need
+ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and
+ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values
+ * int    nb    = 0;    //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added  = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2);
+ * if (nb == 0)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * //  nb           == 2
+ * // &to_be_added  == array[0]
+ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a
+ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add()
+ * implements this mechanism.
+ *
+ * @code
+ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values
+ * int   nb    = 0;    //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array
+ *
+ * type to_be_added  = ...;
+ * type to_be_added2 = ...;
+ *
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL);
+ * if (!addr)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added));
+ *
+ * // Shortcut of the above.
+ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array),
+ *                               (const void *)&to_be_added2);
+ * if (!addr)
+ *     return AVERROR(ENOMEM);
+ *
+ * // Now:
+ * //  nb           == 2
+ * //  to_be_added  == array[0]
+ * //  to_be_added2 == array[1]
+ *
+ * av_freep(&array);
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to
+ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already
+ * allocated structure.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr  Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem    Element to add
+ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+void av_dynarray_add(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(),
+ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code
+ * instead and leave current buffer untouched.
+ *
+ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add()
+ */
+av_warn_unused_result
+int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void *tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, void *elem);
+
+/**
+ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array.
+ *
+ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2.
+ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant.
+ *
+ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to
+ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr`
+ * is incremented.
+ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and
+ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr   Pointer to the array to grow
+ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr    Pointer to the number of elements in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array
+ * @param[in]     elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If
+ *                          `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is
+ *                          allocated but left uninitialized.
+ *
+ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated
+ *         space
+ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree()
+ */
+void *av_dynarray2_add(void **tab_ptr, int *nb_ptr, size_t elem_size,
+                       const uint8_t *elem_data);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions
+ *
+ * Other functions related to memory allocation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  a   Operand of multiplication
+ * @param[in]  b   Operand of multiplication
+ * @param[out] r   Pointer to the result of the operation
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow
+ */
+int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t *r);
+
+/**
+ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block.
+ *
+ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref
+ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions."
+ *
+ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`.
+ *
+ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size
+ *
+ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch
+ *          this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so.
+ */
+void av_max_alloc(size_t max);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec29556
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/motion_vector.h
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+#define AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct AVMotionVector {
+    /**
+     * Where the current macroblock comes from; negative value when it comes
+     * from the past, positive value when it comes from the future.
+     * XXX: set exact relative ref frame reference instead of a +/- 1 "direction".
+     */
+    int32_t source;
+    /**
+     * Width and height of the block.
+     */
+    uint8_t w, h;
+    /**
+     * Absolute source position. Can be outside the frame area.
+     */
+    int16_t src_x, src_y;
+    /**
+     * Absolute destination position. Can be outside the frame area.
+     */
+    int16_t dst_x, dst_y;
+    /**
+     * Extra flag information.
+     * Currently unused.
+     */
+    uint64_t flags;
+    /**
+     * Motion vector
+     * src_x = dst_x + motion_x / motion_scale
+     * src_y = dst_y + motion_y / motion_scale
+     */
+    int32_t motion_x, motion_y;
+    uint16_t motion_scale;
+} AVMotionVector;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MOTION_VECTOR_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d90bc2f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/murmur3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 Reimar Döffinger <Reimar.Doeffinger@gmx.de>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_murmur3
+ * Public header for MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+#define AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_murmur3 Murmur3
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * MurmurHash3 hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * MurmurHash3 is a non-cryptographic hash function, of which three
+ * incompatible versions were created by its inventor Austin Appleby:
+ *
+ * - 32-bit output
+ * - 128-bit output for 32-bit platforms
+ * - 128-bit output for 64-bit platforms
+ *
+ * FFmpeg only implements the last variant: 128-bit output designed for 64-bit
+ * platforms. Even though the hash function was designed for 64-bit platforms,
+ * the function in reality works on 32-bit systems too, only with reduced
+ * performance.
+ *
+ * @anchor lavu_murmur3_seedinfo
+ * By design, MurmurHash3 requires a seed to operate. In response to this,
+ * libavutil provides two functions for hash initiation, one that requires a
+ * seed (av_murmur3_init_seeded()) and one that uses a fixed arbitrary integer
+ * as the seed, and therefore does not (av_murmur3_init()).
+ *
+ * To make hashes comparable, you should provide the same seed for all calls to
+ * this hash function -- if you are supplying one yourself, that is.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * @return Uninitialized hash context or `NULL` in case of error
+ */
+struct AVMurMur3 *av_murmur3_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context with a seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c    Hash context
+ * @param[in]  seed Random seed
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init_seeded(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint64_t seed);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize or reinitialize an AVMurMur3 hash context.
+ *
+ * Equivalent to av_murmur3_init_seeded() with a built-in seed.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c    Hash context
+ *
+ * @see av_murmur3_init_seeded()
+ * @see @ref lavu_murmur3_seedinfo "Detailed description" on a discussion of
+ * seeds for MurmurHash3.
+ */
+void av_murmur3_init(struct AVMurMur3 *c);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash context with new data.
+ *
+ * @param[out] c    Hash context
+ * @param[in]  src  Input data to update hash with
+ * @param[in]  len  Number of bytes to read from `src`
+ */
+void av_murmur3_update(struct AVMurMur3 *c, const uint8_t *src, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] c    Hash context
+ * @param[out]    dst  Buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_murmur3_final(struct AVMurMur3 *c, uint8_t dst[16]);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_MURMUR3_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..461b5d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/opt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,891 @@
+/*
+ * AVOptions
+ * copyright (c) 2005 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_OPT_H
+#define AVUTIL_OPT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * AVOptions
+ */
+
+#include "rational.h"
+#include "avutil.h"
+#include "channel_layout.h"
+#include "dict.h"
+#include "log.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+#include "samplefmt.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup avoptions AVOptions
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ * @{
+ * AVOptions provide a generic system to declare options on arbitrary structs
+ * ("objects"). An option can have a help text, a type and a range of possible
+ * values. Options may then be enumerated, read and written to.
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_implement Implementing AVOptions
+ * This section describes how to add AVOptions capabilities to a struct.
+ *
+ * All AVOptions-related information is stored in an AVClass. Therefore
+ * the first member of the struct should be a pointer to an AVClass describing it.
+ * The option field of the AVClass must be set to a NULL-terminated static array
+ * of AVOptions. Each AVOption must have a non-empty name, a type, a default
+ * value and for number-type AVOptions also a range of allowed values. It must
+ * also declare an offset in bytes from the start of the struct, where the field
+ * associated with this AVOption is located. Other fields in the AVOption struct
+ * should also be set when applicable, but are not required.
+ *
+ * The following example illustrates an AVOptions-enabled struct:
+ * @code
+ * typedef struct test_struct {
+ *     const AVClass *class;
+ *     int      int_opt;
+ *     char    *str_opt;
+ *     uint8_t *bin_opt;
+ *     int      bin_len;
+ * } test_struct;
+ *
+ * static const AVOption test_options[] = {
+ *   { "test_int", "This is a test option of int type.", offsetof(test_struct, int_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_INT, { .i64 = -1 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ *   { "test_str", "This is a test option of string type.", offsetof(test_struct, str_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING },
+ *   { "test_bin", "This is a test option of binary type.", offsetof(test_struct, bin_opt),
+ *     AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY },
+ *   { NULL },
+ * };
+ *
+ * static const AVClass test_class = {
+ *     .class_name = "test class",
+ *     .item_name  = av_default_item_name,
+ *     .option     = test_options,
+ *     .version    = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ * };
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * Next, when allocating your struct, you must ensure that the AVClass pointer
+ * is set to the correct value. Then, av_opt_set_defaults() can be called to
+ * initialize defaults. After that the struct is ready to be used with the
+ * AVOptions API.
+ *
+ * When cleaning up, you may use the av_opt_free() function to automatically
+ * free all the allocated string and binary options.
+ *
+ * Continuing with the above example:
+ *
+ * @code
+ * test_struct *alloc_test_struct(void)
+ * {
+ *     test_struct *ret = av_mallocz(sizeof(*ret));
+ *     ret->class = &test_class;
+ *     av_opt_set_defaults(ret);
+ *     return ret;
+ * }
+ * void free_test_struct(test_struct **foo)
+ * {
+ *     av_opt_free(*foo);
+ *     av_freep(foo);
+ * }
+ * @endcode
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_nesting Nesting
+ *      It may happen that an AVOptions-enabled struct contains another
+ *      AVOptions-enabled struct as a member (e.g. AVCodecContext in
+ *      libavcodec exports generic options, while its priv_data field exports
+ *      codec-specific options). In such a case, it is possible to set up the
+ *      parent struct to export a child's options. To do that, simply
+ *      implement AVClass.child_next() and AVClass.child_class_iterate() in the
+ *      parent struct's AVClass.
+ *      Assuming that the test_struct from above now also contains a
+ *      child_struct field:
+ *
+ *      @code
+ *      typedef struct child_struct {
+ *          AVClass *class;
+ *          int flags_opt;
+ *      } child_struct;
+ *      static const AVOption child_opts[] = {
+ *          { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ *            offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX },
+ *          { NULL },
+ *      };
+ *      static const AVClass child_class = {
+ *          .class_name = "child class",
+ *          .item_name  = av_default_item_name,
+ *          .option     = child_opts,
+ *          .version    = LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT,
+ *      };
+ *
+ *      void *child_next(void *obj, void *prev)
+ *      {
+ *          test_struct *t = obj;
+ *          if (!prev && t->child_struct)
+ *              return t->child_struct;
+ *          return NULL
+ *      }
+ *      const AVClass child_class_iterate(void **iter)
+ *      {
+ *          const AVClass *c = *iter ? NULL : &child_class;
+ *          *iter = (void*)(uintptr_t)c;
+ *          return c;
+ *      }
+ *      @endcode
+ *      Putting child_next() and child_class_iterate() as defined above into
+ *      test_class will now make child_struct's options accessible through
+ *      test_struct (again, proper setup as described above needs to be done on
+ *      child_struct right after it is created).
+ *
+ *      From the above example it might not be clear why both child_next()
+ *      and child_class_iterate() are needed. The distinction is that child_next()
+ *      iterates over actually existing objects, while child_class_iterate()
+ *      iterates over all possible child classes. E.g. if an AVCodecContext
+ *      was initialized to use a codec which has private options, then its
+ *      child_next() will return AVCodecContext.priv_data and finish
+ *      iterating. OTOH child_class_iterate() on AVCodecContext.av_class will
+ *      iterate over all available codecs with private options.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_implement_named_constants Named constants
+ *      It is possible to create named constants for options. Simply set the unit
+ *      field of the option the constants should apply to a string and
+ *      create the constants themselves as options of type AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST
+ *      with their unit field set to the same string.
+ *      Their default_val field should contain the value of the named
+ *      constant.
+ *      For example, to add some named constants for the test_flags option
+ *      above, put the following into the child_opts array:
+ *      @code
+ *      { "test_flags", "This is a test option of flags type.",
+ *        offsetof(child_struct, flags_opt), AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS, { .i64 = 0 }, INT_MIN, INT_MAX, "test_unit" },
+ *      { "flag1", "This is a flag with value 16", 0, AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST, { .i64 = 16 }, 0, 0, "test_unit" },
+ *      @endcode
+ *
+ * @section avoptions_use Using AVOptions
+ * This section deals with accessing options in an AVOptions-enabled struct.
+ * Such structs in FFmpeg are e.g. AVCodecContext in libavcodec or
+ * AVFormatContext in libavformat.
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_examine Examining AVOptions
+ * The basic functions for examining options are av_opt_next(), which iterates
+ * over all options defined for one object, and av_opt_find(), which searches
+ * for an option with the given name.
+ *
+ * The situation is more complicated with nesting. An AVOptions-enabled struct
+ * may have AVOptions-enabled children. Passing the AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag
+ * to av_opt_find() will make the function search children recursively.
+ *
+ * For enumerating there are basically two cases. The first is when you want to
+ * get all options that may potentially exist on the struct and its children
+ * (e.g.  when constructing documentation). In that case you should call
+ * av_opt_child_class_iterate() recursively on the parent struct's AVClass.  The
+ * second case is when you have an already initialized struct with all its
+ * children and you want to get all options that can be actually written or read
+ * from it. In that case you should call av_opt_child_next() recursively (and
+ * av_opt_next() on each result).
+ *
+ * @subsection avoptions_use_get_set Reading and writing AVOptions
+ * When setting options, you often have a string read directly from the
+ * user. In such a case, simply passing it to av_opt_set() is enough. For
+ * non-string type options, av_opt_set() will parse the string according to the
+ * option type.
+ *
+ * Similarly av_opt_get() will read any option type and convert it to a string
+ * which will be returned. Do not forget that the string is allocated, so you
+ * have to free it with av_free().
+ *
+ * In some cases it may be more convenient to put all options into an
+ * AVDictionary and call av_opt_set_dict() on it. A specific case of this
+ * are the format/codec open functions in lavf/lavc which take a dictionary
+ * filled with option as a parameter. This makes it possible to set some options
+ * that cannot be set otherwise, since e.g. the input file format is not known
+ * before the file is actually opened.
+ */
+
+enum AVOptionType{
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_FLAGS,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_INT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_INT64,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DOUBLE,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_FLOAT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_RATIONAL,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY,  ///< offset must point to a pointer immediately followed by an int for the length
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_UINT64,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_CONST,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE, ///< offset must point to two consecutive integers
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_PIXEL_FMT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_SAMPLE_FMT,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_VIDEO_RATE, ///< offset must point to AVRational
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_DURATION,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_COLOR,
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT,
+#endif
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_BOOL,
+    AV_OPT_TYPE_CHLAYOUT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * AVOption
+ */
+typedef struct AVOption {
+    const char *name;
+
+    /**
+     * short English help text
+     * @todo What about other languages?
+     */
+    const char *help;
+
+    /**
+     * The offset relative to the context structure where the option
+     * value is stored. It should be 0 for named constants.
+     */
+    int offset;
+    enum AVOptionType type;
+
+    /**
+     * the default value for scalar options
+     */
+    union {
+        int64_t i64;
+        double dbl;
+        const char *str;
+        /* TODO those are unused now */
+        AVRational q;
+    } default_val;
+    double min;                 ///< minimum valid value for the option
+    double max;                 ///< maximum valid value for the option
+
+    int flags;
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_ENCODING_PARAM  1   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for muxing or encoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DECODING_PARAM  2   ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for demuxing or decoding
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_AUDIO_PARAM     8
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_VIDEO_PARAM     16
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_SUBTITLE_PARAM  32
+/**
+ * The option is intended for exporting values to the caller.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT          64
+/**
+ * The option may not be set through the AVOptions API, only read.
+ * This flag only makes sense when AV_OPT_FLAG_EXPORT is also set.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_READONLY        128
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_BSF_PARAM       (1<<8) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for bit stream filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_RUNTIME_PARAM   (1<<15) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user at runtime
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_FILTERING_PARAM (1<<16) ///< a generic parameter which can be set by the user for filtering
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_DEPRECATED      (1<<17) ///< set if option is deprecated, users should refer to AVOption.help text for more information
+#define AV_OPT_FLAG_CHILD_CONSTS    (1<<18) ///< set if option constants can also reside in child objects
+//FIXME think about enc-audio, ... style flags
+
+    /**
+     * The logical unit to which the option belongs. Non-constant
+     * options and corresponding named constants share the same
+     * unit. May be NULL.
+     */
+    const char *unit;
+} AVOption;
+
+/**
+ * A single allowed range of values, or a single allowed value.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRange {
+    const char *str;
+    /**
+     * Value range.
+     * For string ranges this represents the min/max length.
+     * For dimensions this represents the min/max pixel count or width/height in multi-component case.
+     */
+    double value_min, value_max;
+    /**
+     * Value's component range.
+     * For string this represents the unicode range for chars, 0-127 limits to ASCII.
+     */
+    double component_min, component_max;
+    /**
+     * Range flag.
+     * If set to 1 the struct encodes a range, if set to 0 a single value.
+     */
+    int is_range;
+} AVOptionRange;
+
+/**
+ * List of AVOptionRange structs.
+ */
+typedef struct AVOptionRanges {
+    /**
+     * Array of option ranges.
+     *
+     * Most of option types use just one component.
+     * Following describes multi-component option types:
+     *
+     * AV_OPT_TYPE_IMAGE_SIZE:
+     * component index 0: range of pixel count (width * height).
+     * component index 1: range of width.
+     * component index 2: range of height.
+     *
+     * @note To obtain multi-component version of this structure, user must
+     *       provide AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE to av_opt_query_ranges or
+     *       av_opt_query_ranges_default function.
+     *
+     * Multi-component range can be read as in following example:
+     *
+     * @code
+     * int range_index, component_index;
+     * AVOptionRanges *ranges;
+     * AVOptionRange *range[3]; //may require more than 3 in the future.
+     * av_opt_query_ranges(&ranges, obj, key, AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE);
+     * for (range_index = 0; range_index < ranges->nb_ranges; range_index++) {
+     *     for (component_index = 0; component_index < ranges->nb_components; component_index++)
+     *         range[component_index] = ranges->range[ranges->nb_ranges * component_index + range_index];
+     *     //do something with range here.
+     * }
+     * av_opt_freep_ranges(&ranges);
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AVOptionRange **range;
+    /**
+     * Number of ranges per component.
+     */
+    int nb_ranges;
+    /**
+     * Number of componentes.
+     */
+    int nb_components;
+} AVOptionRanges;
+
+/**
+ * Show the obj options.
+ *
+ * @param req_flags requested flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is opt->flags & req_flags.
+ * @param rej_flags rejected flags for the options to show. Show only the
+ * options for which it is !(opt->flags & req_flags).
+ * @param av_log_obj log context to use for showing the options
+ */
+int av_opt_show2(void *obj, void *av_log_obj, int req_flags, int rej_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults(void *s);
+
+/**
+ * Set the values of all AVOption fields to their default values. Only these
+ * AVOption fields for which (opt->flags & mask) == flags will have their
+ * default applied to s.
+ *
+ * @param s an AVOption-enabled struct (its first member must be a pointer to AVClass)
+ * @param mask combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ * @param flags combination of AV_OPT_FLAG_*
+ */
+void av_opt_set_defaults2(void *s, int mask, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key/value pairs list in opts. For each key/value pair
+ * found, stores the value in the field in ctx that is named like the
+ * key. ctx must be an AVClass context, storing is done using
+ * AVOptions.
+ *
+ * @param opts options string to parse, may be NULL
+ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to
+ * separate key from value
+ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ * two pairs from each other
+ * @return the number of successfully set key/value pairs, or a negative
+ * value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ * the error code issued by av_opt_set() if a key/value pair
+ * cannot be set
+ */
+int av_set_options_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+                          const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+
+/**
+ * Parse the key-value pairs list in opts. For each key=value pair found,
+ * set the value of the corresponding option in ctx.
+ *
+ * @param ctx          the AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param opts         the options string, key-value pairs separated by a
+ *                     delimiter
+ * @param shorthand    a NULL-terminated array of options names for shorthand
+ *                     notation: if the first field in opts has no key part,
+ *                     the key is taken from the first element of shorthand;
+ *                     then again for the second, etc., until either opts is
+ *                     finished, shorthand is finished or a named option is
+ *                     found; after that, all options must be named
+ * @param key_val_sep  a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep    a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @return  the number of successfully set key=value pairs, or a negative
+ *          value corresponding to an AVERROR code in case of error:
+ *          AVERROR(EINVAL) if opts cannot be parsed,
+ *          the error code issued by av_set_string3() if a key/value pair
+ *          cannot be set
+ *
+ * Options names must use only the following characters: a-z A-Z 0-9 - . / _
+ * Separators must use characters distinct from option names and from each
+ * other.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_from_string(void *ctx, const char *opts,
+                           const char *const *shorthand,
+                           const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * Free all allocated objects in obj.
+ */
+void av_opt_free(void *obj);
+
+/**
+ * Check whether a particular flag is set in a flags field.
+ *
+ * @param field_name the name of the flag field option
+ * @param flag_name the name of the flag to check
+ * @return non-zero if the flag is set, zero if the flag isn't set,
+ *         isn't of the right type, or the flags field doesn't exist.
+ */
+int av_opt_flag_is_set(void *obj, const char *field_name, const char *flag_name);
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ *                by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ *                Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ *                with av_dict_free().
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ *         but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options);
+
+
+/**
+ * Set all the options from a given dictionary on an object.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass
+ * @param options options to process. This dictionary will be freed and replaced
+ *                by a new one containing all options not found in obj.
+ *                Of course this new dictionary needs to be freed by caller
+ *                with av_dict_free().
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR if some option was found in obj,
+ *         but could not be set.
+ *
+ * @see av_dict_copy()
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict2(void *obj, struct AVDictionary **options, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Extract a key-value pair from the beginning of a string.
+ *
+ * @param ropts        pointer to the options string, will be updated to
+ *                     point to the rest of the string (one of the pairs_sep
+ *                     or the final NUL)
+ * @param key_val_sep  a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     key from value, for example '='
+ * @param pairs_sep    a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate
+ *                     two pairs from each other, for example ':' or ','
+ * @param flags        flags; see the AV_OPT_FLAG_* values below
+ * @param rkey         parsed key; must be freed using av_free()
+ * @param rval         parsed value; must be freed using av_free()
+ *
+ * @return  >=0 for success, or a negative value corresponding to an
+ *          AVERROR code in case of error; in particular:
+ *          AVERROR(EINVAL) if no key is present
+ *
+ */
+int av_opt_get_key_value(const char **ropts,
+                         const char *key_val_sep, const char *pairs_sep,
+                         unsigned flags,
+                         char **rkey, char **rval);
+
+enum {
+
+    /**
+     * Accept to parse a value without a key; the key will then be returned
+     * as NULL.
+     */
+    AV_OPT_FLAG_IMPLICIT_KEY = 1,
+};
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_eval_funcs Evaluating option strings
+ * @{
+ * This group of functions can be used to evaluate option strings
+ * and get numbers out of them. They do the same thing as av_opt_set(),
+ * except the result is written into the caller-supplied pointer.
+ *
+ * @param obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to AVClass.
+ * @param o an option for which the string is to be evaluated.
+ * @param val string to be evaluated.
+ * @param *_out value of the string will be written here.
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, a negative number on failure.
+ */
+int av_opt_eval_flags (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int        *flags_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int   (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int        *int_out);
+int av_opt_eval_int64 (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, int64_t    *int64_out);
+int av_opt_eval_float (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, float      *float_out);
+int av_opt_eval_double(void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, double     *double_out);
+int av_opt_eval_q     (void *obj, const AVOption *o, const char *val, AVRational *q_out);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN   (1 << 0) /**< Search in possible children of the
+                                               given object first. */
+/**
+ *  The obj passed to av_opt_find() is fake -- only a double pointer to AVClass
+ *  instead of a required pointer to a struct containing AVClass. This is
+ *  useful for searching for options without needing to allocate the corresponding
+ *  object.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ   (1 << 1)
+
+/**
+ *  In av_opt_get, return NULL if the option has a pointer type and is set to NULL,
+ *  rather than returning an empty string.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL (1 << 2)
+
+/**
+ *  Allows av_opt_query_ranges and av_opt_query_ranges_default to return more than
+ *  one component for certain option types.
+ *  @see AVOptionRanges for details.
+ */
+#define AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE (1 << 12)
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass.
+ *                Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ *                AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ *                 it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ *         was found.
+ *
+ * @note Options found with AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN flag may not be settable
+ * directly with av_opt_set(). Use special calls which take an options
+ * AVDictionary (e.g. avformat_open_input()) to set options found with this
+ * flag.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+                            int opt_flags, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Look for an option in an object. Consider only options which
+ * have all the specified flags set.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A pointer to a struct whose first element is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass.
+ *                Alternatively a double pointer to an AVClass, if
+ *                AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ search flag is set.
+ * @param[in] name The name of the option to look for.
+ * @param[in] unit When searching for named constants, name of the unit
+ *                 it belongs to.
+ * @param opt_flags Find only options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG).
+ * @param search_flags A combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*.
+ * @param[out] target_obj if non-NULL, an object to which the option belongs will be
+ * written here. It may be different from obj if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN is present
+ * in search_flags. This parameter is ignored if search_flags contain
+ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ.
+ *
+ * @return A pointer to the option found, or NULL if no option
+ *         was found.
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_find2(void *obj, const char *name, const char *unit,
+                             int opt_flags, int search_flags, void **target_obj);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all AVOptions belonging to obj.
+ *
+ * @param obj an AVOptions-enabled struct or a double pointer to an
+ *            AVClass describing it.
+ * @param prev result of the previous call to av_opt_next() on this object
+ *             or NULL
+ * @return next AVOption or NULL
+ */
+const AVOption *av_opt_next(const void *obj, const AVOption *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over AVOptions-enabled children of obj.
+ *
+ * @param prev result of a previous call to this function or NULL
+ * @return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL
+ */
+void *av_opt_child_next(void *obj, void *prev);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over potential AVOptions-enabled children of parent.
+ *
+ * @param iter a pointer where iteration state is stored.
+ * @return AVClass corresponding to next potential child or NULL
+ */
+const AVClass *av_opt_child_class_iterate(const AVClass *parent, void **iter);
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_set_funcs Option setting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions set the field of obj with the given name to value.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj A struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name the name of the field to set
+ * @param[in] val The value to set. In case of av_opt_set() if the field is not
+ * of a string type, then the given string is parsed.
+ * SI postfixes and some named scalars are supported.
+ * If the field is of a numeric type, it has to be a numeric or named
+ * scalar. Behavior with more than one scalar and +- infix operators
+ * is undefined.
+ * If the field is of a flags type, it has to be a sequence of numeric
+ * scalars or named flags separated by '+' or '-'. Prefixing a flag
+ * with '+' causes it to be set without affecting the other flags;
+ * similarly, '-' unsets a flag.
+ * If the field is of a dictionary type, it has to be a ':' separated list of
+ * key=value parameters. Values containing ':' special characters must be
+ * escaped.
+ * @param search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be set on a child of obj.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if the value has been set, or an AVERROR code in case of
+ * error:
+ * AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND if no matching option exists
+ * AVERROR(ERANGE) if the value is out of range
+ * AVERROR(EINVAL) if the value is not valid
+ */
+int av_opt_set         (void *obj, const char *name, const char *val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_int     (void *obj, const char *name, int64_t     val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_double  (void *obj, const char *name, double      val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_q       (void *obj, const char *name, AVRational  val, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_bin     (void *obj, const char *name, const uint8_t *val, int size, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int w, int h, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, enum AVPixelFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int search_flags);
+int av_opt_set_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, AVRational val, int search_flags);
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_opt_set_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int64_t ch_layout, int search_flags);
+#endif
+int av_opt_set_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, const AVChannelLayout *layout, int search_flags);
+/**
+ * @note Any old dictionary present is discarded and replaced with a copy of the new one. The
+ * caller still owns val is and responsible for freeing it.
+ */
+int av_opt_set_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, const AVDictionary *val, int search_flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set a binary option to an integer list.
+ *
+ * @param obj    AVClass object to set options on
+ * @param name   name of the binary option
+ * @param val    pointer to an integer list (must have the correct type with
+ *               regard to the contents of the list)
+ * @param term   list terminator (usually 0 or -1)
+ * @param flags  search flags
+ */
+#define av_opt_set_int_list(obj, name, val, term, flags) \
+    (av_int_list_length(val, term) > INT_MAX / sizeof(*(val)) ? \
+     AVERROR(EINVAL) : \
+     av_opt_set_bin(obj, name, (const uint8_t *)(val), \
+                    av_int_list_length(val, term) * sizeof(*(val)), flags))
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup opt_get_funcs Option getting functions
+ * @{
+ * Those functions get a value of the option with the given name from an object.
+ *
+ * @param[in] obj a struct whose first element is a pointer to an AVClass.
+ * @param[in] name name of the option to get.
+ * @param[in] search_flags flags passed to av_opt_find2. I.e. if AV_OPT_SEARCH_CHILDREN
+ * is passed here, then the option may be found in a child of obj.
+ * @param[out] out_val value of the option will be written here
+ * @return >=0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+/**
+ * @note the returned string will be av_malloc()ed and must be av_free()ed by the caller
+ *
+ * @note if AV_OPT_ALLOW_NULL is set in search_flags in av_opt_get, and the
+ * option is of type AV_OPT_TYPE_STRING, AV_OPT_TYPE_BINARY or AV_OPT_TYPE_DICT
+ * and is set to NULL, *out_val will be set to NULL instead of an allocated
+ * empty string.
+ */
+int av_opt_get         (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, uint8_t   **out_val);
+int av_opt_get_int     (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t    *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_double  (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, double     *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_q       (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+int av_opt_get_image_size(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int *w_out, int *h_out);
+int av_opt_get_pixel_fmt (void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVPixelFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_sample_fmt(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, enum AVSampleFormat *out_fmt);
+int av_opt_get_video_rate(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVRational *out_val);
+#if FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT
+attribute_deprecated
+int av_opt_get_channel_layout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, int64_t *ch_layout);
+#endif
+int av_opt_get_chlayout(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVChannelLayout *layout);
+/**
+ * @param[out] out_val The returned dictionary is a copy of the actual value and must
+ * be freed with av_dict_free() by the caller
+ */
+int av_opt_get_dict_val(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags, AVDictionary **out_val);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+/**
+ * Gets a pointer to the requested field in a struct.
+ * This function allows accessing a struct even when its fields are moved or
+ * renamed since the application making the access has been compiled,
+ *
+ * @returns a pointer to the field, it can be cast to the correct type and read
+ *          or written to.
+ */
+void *av_opt_ptr(const AVClass *avclass, void *obj, const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Free an AVOptionRanges struct and set it to NULL.
+ */
+void av_opt_freep_ranges(AVOptionRanges **ranges);
+
+/**
+ * Get a list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * The returned list may depend on other fields in obj like for example profile.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ *              AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ *              AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_freep_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Copy options from src object into dest object.
+ *
+ * The underlying AVClass of both src and dest must coincide. The guarantee
+ * below does not apply if this is not fulfilled.
+ *
+ * Options that require memory allocation (e.g. string or binary) are malloc'ed in dest object.
+ * Original memory allocated for such options is freed unless both src and dest options points to the same memory.
+ *
+ * Even on error it is guaranteed that allocated options from src and dest
+ * no longer alias each other afterwards; in particular calling av_opt_free()
+ * on both src and dest is safe afterwards if dest has been memdup'ed from src.
+ *
+ * @param dest Object to copy from
+ * @param src  Object to copy into
+ * @return 0 on success, negative on error
+ */
+int av_opt_copy(void *dest, const void *src);
+
+/**
+ * Get a default list of allowed ranges for the given option.
+ *
+ * This list is constructed without using the AVClass.query_ranges() callback
+ * and can be used as fallback from within the callback.
+ *
+ * @param flags is a bitmask of flags, undefined flags should not be set and should be ignored
+ *              AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ indicates that the obj is a double pointer to a AVClass instead of a full instance
+ *              AV_OPT_MULTI_COMPONENT_RANGE indicates that function may return more than one component, @see AVOptionRanges
+ *
+ * The result must be freed with av_opt_free_ranges.
+ *
+ * @return number of compontents returned on success, a negative errro code otherwise
+ */
+int av_opt_query_ranges_default(AVOptionRanges **, void *obj, const char *key, int flags);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * Options o must belong to the obj. This function must not be called to check child's options state.
+ * @see av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name().
+ *
+ * @param obj  AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param o    option to be checked
+ * @return     >0 when option is set to its default,
+ *              0 when option is not set its default,
+ *             <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default(void *obj, const AVOption *o);
+
+/**
+ * Check if given option is set to its default value.
+ *
+ * @param obj          AVClass object to check option on
+ * @param name         option name
+ * @param search_flags combination of AV_OPT_SEARCH_*
+ * @return             >0 when option is set to its default,
+ *                     0 when option is not set its default,
+ *                     <0 on error
+ */
+int av_opt_is_set_to_default_by_name(void *obj, const char *name, int search_flags);
+
+
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_SKIP_DEFAULTS              0x00000001  ///< Serialize options that are not set to default values only.
+#define AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_OPT_FLAGS_EXACT            0x00000002  ///< Serialize options that exactly match opt_flags only.
+
+/**
+ * Serialize object's options.
+ *
+ * Create a string containing object's serialized options.
+ * Such string may be passed back to av_opt_set_from_string() in order to restore option values.
+ * A key/value or pairs separator occurring in the serialized value or
+ * name string are escaped through the av_escape() function.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  obj           AVClass object to serialize
+ * @param[in]  opt_flags     serialize options with all the specified flags set (AV_OPT_FLAG)
+ * @param[in]  flags         combination of AV_OPT_SERIALIZE_* flags
+ * @param[out] buffer        Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with string containg serialized options.
+ *                           Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer needed.
+ * @param[in]  key_val_sep   character used to separate key from value
+ * @param[in]  pairs_sep     character used to separate two pairs from each other
+ * @return                   >= 0 on success, negative on error
+ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the same.
+ */
+int av_opt_serialize(void *obj, int opt_flags, int flags, char **buffer,
+                     const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_OPT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dad5c27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/parseutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H
+
+#include <time.h>
+
+#include "rational.h"
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * misc parsing utilities
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the parsed ratio in q.
+ *
+ * Note that a ratio with infinite (1/0) or negative value is
+ * considered valid, so you should check on the returned value if you
+ * want to exclude those values.
+ *
+ * The undefined value can be expressed using the "0:0" string.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] q pointer to the AVRational which will contain the ratio
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * num:den, a float number or an expression
+ * @param[in] max the maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @param[in] log_offset log level offset which is applied to the log
+ * level of log_ctx
+ * @param[in] log_ctx parent logging context
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_ratio(AVRational *q, const char *str, int max,
+                   int log_offset, void *log_ctx);
+
+#define av_parse_ratio_quiet(rate, str, max) \
+    av_parse_ratio(rate, str, max, AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET, NULL)
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and put in width_ptr and height_ptr the detected values.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] width_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * width value
+ * @param[in,out] height_ptr pointer to the variable which will contain the detected
+ * height value
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * width x height or a valid video size abbreviation.
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_size(int *width_ptr, int *height_ptr, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Parse str and store the detected values in *rate.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out] rate pointer to the AVRational which will contain the detected
+ * frame rate
+ * @param[in] str the string to parse: it has to be a string in the format
+ * rate_num / rate_den, a float number or a valid video rate abbreviation
+ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative error code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_video_rate(AVRational *rate, const char *str);
+
+/**
+ * Put the RGBA values that correspond to color_string in rgba_color.
+ *
+ * @param rgba_color 4-elements array of uint8_t values, where the respective
+ * red, green, blue and alpha component values are written.
+ * @param color_string a string specifying a color. It can be the name of
+ * a color (case insensitive match) or a [0x|#]RRGGBB[AA] sequence,
+ * possibly followed by "@" and a string representing the alpha
+ * component.
+ * The alpha component may be a string composed by "0x" followed by an
+ * hexadecimal number or a decimal number between 0.0 and 1.0, which
+ * represents the opacity value (0x00/0.0 means completely transparent,
+ * 0xff/1.0 completely opaque).
+ * If the alpha component is not specified then 0xff is assumed.
+ * The string "random" will result in a random color.
+ * @param slen length of the initial part of color_string containing the
+ * color. It can be set to -1 if color_string is a null terminated string
+ * containing nothing else than the color.
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ * is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log()). Can be NULL.
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value in case of
+ * failure (for example if color_string cannot be parsed).
+ */
+int av_parse_color(uint8_t *rgba_color, const char *color_string, int slen,
+                   void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Get the name of a color from the internal table of hard-coded named
+ * colors.
+ *
+ * This function is meant to enumerate the color names recognized by
+ * av_parse_color().
+ *
+ * @param color_idx index of the requested color, starting from 0
+ * @param rgb      if not NULL, will point to a 3-elements array with the color value in RGB
+ * @return the color name string or NULL if color_idx is not in the array
+ */
+const char *av_get_known_color_name(int color_idx, const uint8_t **rgb);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timestr and return in *time a corresponding number of
+ * microseconds.
+ *
+ * @param timeval puts here the number of microseconds corresponding
+ * to the string in timestr. If the string represents a duration, it
+ * is the number of microseconds contained in the time interval.  If
+ * the string is a date, is the number of microseconds since 1st of
+ * January, 1970 up to the time of the parsed date.  If timestr cannot
+ * be successfully parsed, set *time to INT64_MIN.
+
+ * @param timestr a string representing a date or a duration.
+ * - If a date the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [{YYYY-MM-DD|YYYYMMDD}[T|t| ]]{{HH:MM:SS[.m...]]]}|{HHMMSS[.m...]]]}}[Z]
+ * now
+ * @endcode
+ * If the value is "now" it takes the current time.
+ * Time is local time unless Z is appended, in which case it is
+ * interpreted as UTC.
+ * If the year-month-day part is not specified it takes the current
+ * year-month-day.
+ * - If a duration the syntax is:
+ * @code
+ * [-][HH:]MM:SS[.m...]
+ * [-]S+[.m...]
+ * @endcode
+ * @param duration flag which tells how to interpret timestr, if not
+ * zero timestr is interpreted as a duration, otherwise as a date
+ * @return >= 0 in case of success, a negative value corresponding to an
+ * AVERROR code otherwise
+ */
+int av_parse_time(int64_t *timeval, const char *timestr, int duration);
+
+/**
+ * Attempt to find a specific tag in a URL.
+ *
+ * syntax: '?tag1=val1&tag2=val2...'. Little URL decoding is done.
+ * Return 1 if found.
+ */
+int av_find_info_tag(char *arg, int arg_size, const char *tag1, const char *info);
+
+/**
+ * Simplified version of strptime
+ *
+ * Parse the input string p according to the format string fmt and
+ * store its results in the structure dt.
+ * This implementation supports only a subset of the formats supported
+ * by the standard strptime().
+ *
+ * The supported input field descriptors are listed below.
+ * - `%%H`: the hour as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ *   range '00' through '23'
+ * - `%%J`: hours as a decimal number, in the range '0' through INT_MAX
+ * - `%%M`: the minute as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ *   range '00' through '59'
+ * - `%%S`: the second as a decimal number, using a 24-hour clock, in the
+ *   range '00' through '59'
+ * - `%%Y`: the year as a decimal number, using the Gregorian calendar
+ * - `%%m`: the month as a decimal number, in the range '1' through '12'
+ * - `%%d`: the day of the month as a decimal number, in the range '1'
+ *   through '31'
+ * - `%%T`: alias for `%%H:%%M:%%S`
+ * - `%%`: a literal `%`
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the first character not processed in this function
+ *         call. In case the input string contains more characters than
+ *         required by the format string the return value points right after
+ *         the last consumed input character. In case the whole input string
+ *         is consumed the return value points to the null byte at the end of
+ *         the string. On failure NULL is returned.
+ */
+char *av_small_strptime(const char *p, const char *fmt, struct tm *dt);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the decomposed UTC time in tm to a time_t value.
+ */
+time_t av_timegm(struct tm *tm);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PARSEUTILS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0df73e6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixdesc.h
@@ -0,0 +1,435 @@
+/*
+ * pixel format descriptor
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H
+
+#include <inttypes.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+#include "pixfmt.h"
+
+typedef struct AVComponentDescriptor {
+    /**
+     * Which of the 4 planes contains the component.
+     */
+    int plane;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of elements between 2 horizontally consecutive pixels.
+     * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+     */
+    int step;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of elements before the component of the first pixel.
+     * Elements are bits for bitstream formats, bytes otherwise.
+     */
+    int offset;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of least significant bits that must be shifted away
+     * to get the value.
+     */
+    int shift;
+
+    /**
+     * Number of bits in the component.
+     */
+    int depth;
+} AVComponentDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Descriptor that unambiguously describes how the bits of a pixel are
+ * stored in the up to 4 data planes of an image. It also stores the
+ * subsampling factors and number of components.
+ *
+ * @note This is separate of the colorspace (RGB, YCbCr, YPbPr, JPEG-style YUV
+ *       and all the YUV variants) AVPixFmtDescriptor just stores how values
+ *       are stored not what these values represent.
+ */
+typedef struct AVPixFmtDescriptor {
+    const char *name;
+    uint8_t nb_components;  ///< The number of components each pixel has, (1-4)
+
+    /**
+     * Amount to shift the luma width right to find the chroma width.
+     * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+     * chroma_width = AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_width, log2_chroma_w)
+     * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+     * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+     */
+    uint8_t log2_chroma_w;
+
+    /**
+     * Amount to shift the luma height right to find the chroma height.
+     * For YV12 this is 1 for example.
+     * chroma_height= AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(luma_height, log2_chroma_h)
+     * The note above is needed to ensure rounding up.
+     * This value only refers to the chroma components.
+     */
+    uint8_t log2_chroma_h;
+
+    /**
+     * Combination of AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_... flags.
+     */
+    uint64_t flags;
+
+    /**
+     * Parameters that describe how pixels are packed.
+     * If the format has 1 or 2 components, then luma is 0.
+     * If the format has 3 or 4 components:
+     *   if the RGB flag is set then 0 is red, 1 is green and 2 is blue;
+     *   otherwise 0 is luma, 1 is chroma-U and 2 is chroma-V.
+     *
+     * If present, the Alpha channel is always the last component.
+     */
+    AVComponentDescriptor comp[4];
+
+    /**
+     * Alternative comma-separated names.
+     */
+    const char *alias;
+} AVPixFmtDescriptor;
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format is big-endian.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BE           (1 << 0)
+/**
+ * Pixel format has a palette in data[1], values are indexes in this palette.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PAL          (1 << 1)
+/**
+ * All values of a component are bit-wise packed end to end.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BITSTREAM    (1 << 2)
+/**
+ * Pixel format is an HW accelerated format.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL      (1 << 3)
+/**
+ * At least one pixel component is not in the first data plane.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_PLANAR       (1 << 4)
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains RGB-like data (as opposed to YUV/grayscale).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_RGB          (1 << 5)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format has an alpha channel. This is set on all formats that
+ * support alpha in some way, including AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8. The alpha is always
+ * straight, never pre-multiplied.
+ *
+ * If a codec or a filter does not support alpha, it should set all alpha to
+ * opaque, or use the equivalent pixel formats without alpha component, e.g.
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0 (or AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24 etc.) instead of AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA.
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_ALPHA        (1 << 7)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format is following a Bayer pattern
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_BAYER        (1 << 8)
+
+/**
+ * The pixel format contains IEEE-754 floating point values. Precision (double,
+ * single, or half) should be determined by the pixel size (64, 32, or 16 bits).
+ */
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_FLOAT        (1 << 9)
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel used by the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc. Note that this is not the same as the number
+ * of bits per sample.
+ *
+ * The returned number of bits refers to the number of bits actually
+ * used for storing the pixel information, that is padding bits are
+ * not counted.
+ */
+int av_get_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * Return the number of bits per pixel for the pixel format
+ * described by pixdesc, including any padding or unused bits.
+ */
+int av_get_padded_bits_per_pixel(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *pixdesc);
+
+/**
+ * @return a pixel format descriptor for provided pixel format or NULL if
+ * this pixel format is unknown.
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_get(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Iterate over all pixel format descriptors known to libavutil.
+ *
+ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor.
+ *
+ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor
+ */
+const AVPixFmtDescriptor *av_pix_fmt_desc_next(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *prev);
+
+/**
+ * @return an AVPixelFormat id described by desc, or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE if desc
+ * is not a valid pointer to a pixel format descriptor.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_desc_get_id(const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to access log2_chroma_w log2_chroma_h from
+ * the pixel format AVPixFmtDescriptor.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  pix_fmt the pixel format
+ * @param[out] h_shift store log2_chroma_w (horizontal/width shift)
+ * @param[out] v_shift store log2_chroma_h (vertical/height shift)
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(ENOSYS) on invalid or unknown pixel format
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_get_chroma_sub_sample(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt,
+                                     int *h_shift, int *v_shift);
+
+/**
+ * @return number of planes in pix_fmt, a negative AVERROR if pix_fmt is not a
+ * valid pixel format.
+ */
+int av_pix_fmt_count_planes(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color range or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_range_name(enum AVColorRange range);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorRange value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_range_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color primaries or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_primaries_name(enum AVColorPrimaries primaries);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorPrimaries value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_primaries_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color transfer or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_transfer_name(enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic transfer);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorTransferCharacteristic value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_transfer_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided color space or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_color_space_name(enum AVColorSpace space);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVColorSpace value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_color_space_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @return the name for provided chroma location or NULL if unknown.
+ */
+const char *av_chroma_location_name(enum AVChromaLocation location);
+
+/**
+ * @return the AVChromaLocation value for name or an AVError if not found.
+ */
+int av_chroma_location_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos  horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos  vertical   chroma sample position
+ */
+int av_chroma_location_enum_to_pos(int *xpos, int *ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos);
+
+/**
+ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation.
+ *
+ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system
+ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256
+ *
+ * @param xpos  horizontal chroma sample position
+ * @param ypos  vertical   chroma sample position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation av_chroma_location_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos);
+
+/**
+ * Return the pixel format corresponding to name.
+ *
+ * If there is no pixel format with name name, then looks for a
+ * pixel format with the name corresponding to the native endian
+ * format of name.
+ * For example in a little-endian system, first looks for "gray16",
+ * then for "gray16le".
+ *
+ * Finally if no pixel format has been found, returns AV_PIX_FMT_NONE.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_get_pix_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the short name for a pixel format, NULL in case pix_fmt is
+ * unknown.
+ *
+ * @see av_get_pix_fmt(), av_get_pix_fmt_string()
+ */
+const char *av_get_pix_fmt_name(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Print in buf the string corresponding to the pixel format with
+ * number pix_fmt, or a header if pix_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param pix_fmt the number of the pixel format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ */
+char *av_get_pix_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size,
+                            enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Read a line from an image, and write the values of the
+ * pixel format component c to dst.
+ *
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the image
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to read
+ * @param w the width of the line to read, that is the number of
+ * values to write to dst
+ * @param read_pal_component if not zero and the format is a paletted
+ * format writes the values corresponding to the palette
+ * component c in data[1] to dst, rather than the palette indexes in
+ * data[0]. The behavior is undefined if the format is not paletted.
+ * @param dst_element_size size of elements in dst array (2 or 4 byte)
+ */
+void av_read_image_line2(void *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+                        const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+                        int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component,
+                        int dst_element_size);
+
+void av_read_image_line(uint16_t *dst, const uint8_t *data[4],
+                        const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+                        int x, int y, int c, int w, int read_pal_component);
+
+/**
+ * Write the values from src to the pixel format component c of an
+ * image line.
+ *
+ * @param src array containing the values to write
+ * @param data the array containing the pointers to the planes of the
+ * image to write into. It is supposed to be zeroed.
+ * @param linesize the array containing the linesizes of the image
+ * @param desc the pixel format descriptor for the image
+ * @param x the horizontal coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param y the vertical coordinate of the first pixel to write
+ * @param w the width of the line to write, that is the number of
+ * values to write to the image line
+ * @param src_element_size size of elements in src array (2 or 4 byte)
+ */
+void av_write_image_line2(const void *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+                         const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+                         int x, int y, int c, int w, int src_element_size);
+
+void av_write_image_line(const uint16_t *src, uint8_t *data[4],
+                         const int linesize[4], const AVPixFmtDescriptor *desc,
+                         int x, int y, int c, int w);
+
+/**
+ * Utility function to swap the endianness of a pixel format.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  pix_fmt the pixel format
+ *
+ * @return pixel format with swapped endianness if it exists,
+ * otherwise AV_PIX_FMT_NONE
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_pix_fmt_swap_endianness(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt);
+
+#define FF_LOSS_RESOLUTION        0x0001 /**< loss due to resolution change */
+#define FF_LOSS_DEPTH             0x0002 /**< loss due to color depth change */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORSPACE        0x0004 /**< loss due to color space conversion */
+#define FF_LOSS_ALPHA             0x0008 /**< loss of alpha bits */
+#define FF_LOSS_COLORQUANT        0x0010 /**< loss due to color quantization */
+#define FF_LOSS_CHROMA            0x0020 /**< loss of chroma (e.g. RGB to gray conversion) */
+#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_RESOLUTION 0x0040 /**< loss due to unneeded extra resolution */
+#define FF_LOSS_EXCESS_DEPTH      0x0080 /**< loss due to unneeded extra color depth */
+
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+int av_get_pix_fmt_loss(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt,
+                        enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt,
+                        int has_alpha);
+
+/**
+ * Compute what kind of losses will occur when converting from one specific
+ * pixel format to another.
+ * When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss may occur.
+ * For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color information will
+ * be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from some formats to
+ * other formats. These losses can involve loss of chroma, but also loss of
+ * resolution, loss of color depth, loss due to the color space conversion, loss
+ * of the alpha bits or loss due to color quantization.
+ * av_get_fix_fmt_loss() informs you about the various types of losses
+ * which will occur when converting from one pixel format to another.
+ *
+ * @param[in] dst_pix_fmt destination pixel format
+ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format
+ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used.
+ * @return Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses will occur
+ * (maximum loss for an invalid dst_pix_fmt).
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat av_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2(enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt1, enum AVPixelFormat dst_pix_fmt2,
+                                             enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, int has_alpha, int *loss_ptr);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXDESC_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a997cd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixelutils.h
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Sum of abs(src1[x] - src2[x])
+ */
+typedef int (*av_pixelutils_sad_fn)(const uint8_t *src1, ptrdiff_t stride1,
+                                    const uint8_t *src2, ptrdiff_t stride2);
+
+/**
+ * Get a potentially optimized pointer to a Sum-of-absolute-differences
+ * function (see the av_pixelutils_sad_fn prototype).
+ *
+ * @param w_bits  1<<w_bits is the requested width of the block size
+ * @param h_bits  1<<h_bits is the requested height of the block size
+ * @param aligned If set to 2, the returned sad function will assume src1 and
+ *                src2 addresses are aligned on the block size.
+ *                If set to 1, the returned sad function will assume src1 is
+ *                aligned on the block size.
+ *                If set to 0, the returned sad function assume no particular
+ *                alignment.
+ * @param log_ctx context used for logging, can be NULL
+ *
+ * @return a pointer to the SAD function or NULL in case of error (because of
+ *         invalid parameters)
+ */
+av_pixelutils_sad_fn av_pixelutils_get_sad_fn(int w_bits, int h_bits,
+                                              int aligned, void *log_ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXELUTILS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..37c2c79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,691 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * pixel format definitions
+ */
+
+#include "libavutil/avconfig.h"
+#include "version.h"
+
+#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024
+#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256
+
+/**
+ * Pixel format.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA
+ * color is put together as:
+ *  (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B
+ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on
+ * big-endian CPUs.
+ *
+ * @note
+ * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor
+ * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized
+ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in
+ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is
+ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is
+ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette
+ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255.
+ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed
+ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components.
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like
+ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function
+ * allocating the picture.
+ */
+enum AVPixelFormat {
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24,     ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P,   ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:0,  9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P,   ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8,     ///<        Y        ,  8bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///<        Y        ,  1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, in each byte pixels are ordered from the msb to the lsb
+    AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8,      ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1
+    AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8,      ///< packed RGB 3:3:2,  8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4,      ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream,  4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte is the one composed by the 4 msb bits
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1,  8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV12,      ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV21,      ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB,      ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA,      ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR,      ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR...
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA,      ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA...
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE,  ///<        Y        , 16bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P,   ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5R 6G 5B(lsb), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), big-endian   , X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE,  ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb)   5B 6G 5R(lsb), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), big-endian   , X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE,  ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+    /**
+     *  Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a
+     *  VASurfaceID.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD,    ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE,  ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), big-endian,    X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE,  ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), big-endian,    X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA8,       ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A= AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE,   ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as little-endian
+
+    /**
+     * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each bit depth.
+     * Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with extra padding.
+     * If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE,///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP,      ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE,   ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE,  ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian)
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU,     ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] contains a VdpVideoSurface
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE,      ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE,      ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV16,         ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE,       ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE,       ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE,     ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is stored as little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422,   ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE,       ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE,       ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian)
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP,        ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE,    ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE,    ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+     * mfxFrameSurface1 structure.
+     *
+     * Before FFmpeg 5.0:
+     * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer when importing
+     * the following frames as QSV frames:
+     *
+     * VAAPI:
+     * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to VASurfaceID
+     *
+     * DXVA2:
+     * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to IDirect3DSurface9
+     *
+     * FFmpeg 5.0 and above:
+     * mfxFrameSurface1.Data.MemId contains a pointer to the mfxHDLPair
+     * structure when importing the following frames as QSV frames:
+     *
+     * VAAPI:
+     * mfxHDLPair.first contains a VASurfaceID pointer.
+     * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE.
+     *
+     * DXVA2:
+     * mfxHDLPair.first contains IDirect3DSurface9 pointer.
+     * mfxHDLPair.second is always MFX_INFINITE.
+     *
+     * D3D11:
+     * mfxHDLPair.first contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer.
+     * mfxHDLPair.second contains the texture array index of the frame if the
+     * ID3D11Texture2D is an array texture, or always MFX_INFINITE if it is a
+     * normal texture.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_QSV,
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the
+     * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD,  ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, Picture.data[3] contains a ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer
+
+    /**
+     * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers
+     * exactly as for system memory frames.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB,        ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0,        ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR,        ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR...   X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0,        ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX...   X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE,    ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P,    ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8,    ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 8-bit samples
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8,    ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 8-bit samples
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8,    ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 8-bit samples
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8,    ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 8-bit samples
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), 16-bit samples, big-endian
+
+#if FF_API_XVMC
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC,///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing
+#endif
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y samples), big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE,    ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE,    ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE,  ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE,   ///<        Y        , 12bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE,   ///<        Y        , 12bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE,   ///<        Y        , 10bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE,   ///<        Y        , 10bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian
+
+    /**
+     * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11.
+     *
+     * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11
+     * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only.
+     *
+     * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the
+     * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is
+     * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture).
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE,   ///<        Y        , 9bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE,   ///<        Y        , 9bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4,     96bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4,     96bpp, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, 128bpp, little-endian
+
+    /**
+     * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing.
+     *
+     * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME,
+    /**
+     * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL.
+     *
+     * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used
+     * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface.
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE,   ///<        Y        , 14bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE,   ///<        Y        , 14bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE,  ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV24,      ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U and the following byte V)
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NV42,      ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped
+
+    /**
+     * Vulkan hardware images.
+     *
+     * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame
+     */
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN,
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE,    ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE,    ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high bits, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE,      ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VUYA,        ///< packed VUYA 4:4:4, 32bpp, VUYAVUYA...
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16BE,   ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16LE,   ///< IEEE-754 half precision packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_VUYX,        ///< packed VUYX 4:4:4, 32bpp, Variant of VUYA where alpha channel is left undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P012LE,      ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_P012BE,      ///< like NV12, with 12bpp per component, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y212BE,      ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_Y212LE,      ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 24bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XV30BE,      ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), big-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XV30LE,      ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 32bpp, (msb)2X 10V 10Y 10U(lsb), little-endian, variant of Y410 where alpha channel is left undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XV36BE,      ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined
+    AV_PIX_FMT_XV36LE,      ///< packed XVYU 4:4:4, 48bpp, data in the high bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian, variant of Y412 where alpha channel is left undefined
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32BE,    ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32LE,    ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGB 32:32:32, 96bpp, RGBRGB..., little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32BE,   ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., big-endian
+    AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32LE,   ///< IEEE-754 single precision packed RGBA 32:32:32:32, 128bpp, RGBARGBA..., little-endian
+
+    AV_PIX_FMT_NB         ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to link with shared libav* because the number of formats might differ between versions
+};
+
+#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN
+#   define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be
+#else
+#   define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le
+#endif
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE,  GRAY9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE,   YA16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE,  RGB48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE,  BGR48LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE , YUV420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE , YUV422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE , YUV444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE ,    GBRP9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE,    GBRP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE,    GBRP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE,    GBRP14LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE,    GBRP16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE,   GBRAP10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE,   GBRAP12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE,   GBRAP16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE,    BAYER_BGGR16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE,    BAYER_RGGB16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE,    BAYER_GBRG16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE,    BAYER_GRBG16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE,  GBRPF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32   AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE , YUVA420P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE , YUVA422P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9  AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE , YUVA444P9LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12      AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE,  NV20LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE,  P010LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P012       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P012BE,  P012LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE,  P016LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE,  Y210LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y212       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y212BE,  Y212LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV30       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV30BE,  XV30LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_XV36       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XV36BE,  XV36LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416       AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF16    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF16BE, RGBAF16LE)
+
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBF32     AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBF32BE, RGBF32LE)
+#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBAF32    AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBAF32BE, RGBAF32LE)
+
+/**
+  * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries.
+  * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ITU-T H.273.
+  */
+enum AVColorPrimaries {
+    AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0   = 0,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT709       = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED    = 3,
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470M      = 4,  ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG     = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M   = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M   = 7,  ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65
+    AVCOL_PRI_FILM        = 8,  ///< colour filters using Illuminant C
+    AVCOL_PRI_BT2020      = 9,  ///< ITU-R BT2020
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428    = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ)
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428,
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431    = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3
+    AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432    = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3
+    AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213     = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC P22 group phosphors
+    AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22   = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213,
+    AVCOL_PRI_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Color Transfer Characteristic.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2.
+ */
+enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic {
+    AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0    = 0,
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT709        = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361
+    AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED  = 2,
+    AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED     = 3,
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22      = 4,  ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM
+    AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28      = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT470BG
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M    = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M    = 7,
+    AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR       = 8,  ///< "Linear transfer characteristics"
+    AVCOL_TRC_LOG          = 9,  ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)"
+    AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT     = 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)"
+    AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG   = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut
+    AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC)
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10    = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system
+    AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12    = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084    = 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084  = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084,
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428     = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1
+    AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428,
+    AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma"
+    AVCOL_TRC_NB                 ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * YUV colorspace type.
+ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3.
+ */
+enum AVColorSpace {
+    AVCOL_SPC_RGB         = 0,  ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT709       = 1,  ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B
+    AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2,
+    AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED    = 3,  ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are
+    AVCOL_SPC_FCC         = 4,  ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20)
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG     = 5,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M   = 6,  ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / functionally identical to above
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M   = 7,  ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived from BT470 System M's primaries
+    AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO       = 8,  ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16
+    AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG       = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO,
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL  = 9,  ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL   = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085   = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x
+    AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system
+    AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP       = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp
+    AVCOL_SPC_NB                ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Visual content value range.
+ *
+ * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple
+ * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance
+ * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital
+ * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit
+ * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is
+ * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation.
+ *
+ * Common definitions:
+ *   - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp,
+ *     'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0.
+ *   - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original
+ *     value in range of -0.5 to 0.5.
+ *   - 'n' is the output bit depth.
+ *   - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n
+ *     bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9).
+ */
+enum AVColorRange {
+    AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+
+    /**
+     * Narrow or limited range content.
+     *
+     * - For luma planes:
+     *
+     *       (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8)
+     *
+     *   F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits
+     *
+     * - For chroma planes:
+     *
+     *       (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8)
+     *
+     *   F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits
+     */
+    AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG        = 1,
+
+    /**
+     * Full range content.
+     *
+     * - For RGB and luma planes:
+     *
+     *       (2^n - 1) * E
+     *
+     *   F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits
+     *
+     * - For chroma planes:
+     *
+     *       (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1)
+     *
+     *   F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits
+     */
+    AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG        = 2,
+    AVCOL_RANGE_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+/**
+ * Location of chroma samples.
+ *
+ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of the
+ * image, the left shows only luma, the right
+ * shows the location of the chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay
+ * each other but are drawn separately due to limitations of ASCII
+ *
+ *                1st 2nd       1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions
+ *                 v   v         v   v
+ *                 ______        ______
+ *1st luma line > |X   X ...    |3 4 X ...     X are luma samples,
+ *                |             |1 2           1-6 are possible chroma positions
+ *2nd luma line > |X   X ...    |5 6 X ...     0 is undefined/unknown position
+ */
+enum AVChromaLocation {
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT        = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER      = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT     = 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP         = 4,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT  = 5,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM      = 6,
+    AVCHROMA_LOC_NB               ///< Not part of ABI
+};
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0462a04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/random_seed.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+#define AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Get a seed to use in conjunction with random functions.
+ * This function tries to provide a good seed at a best effort bases.
+ * Its possible to call this function multiple times if more bits are needed.
+ * It can be quite slow, which is why it should only be used as seed for a faster
+ * PRNG. The quality of the seed depends on the platform.
+ */
+uint32_t av_get_random_seed(void);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RANDOM_SEED_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cbfc8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rational.h
@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@
+/*
+ * rational numbers
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational
+ * Utilties for rational number calculation.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational
+ * @ingroup lavu_math
+ * Rational number calculation.
+ *
+ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the
+ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the
+ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of
+ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic
+ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and
+ * denominators.
+ *
+ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in
+ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all
+ * rational numbers.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator).
+ */
+typedef struct AVRational{
+    int num; ///< Numerator
+    int den; ///< Denominator
+} AVRational;
+
+/**
+ * Create an AVRational.
+ *
+ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals.
+ *
+ * @note The return value is not reduced.
+ * @see av_reduce()
+ */
+static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den)
+{
+    AVRational r = { num, den };
+    return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compare two rationals.
+ *
+ * @param a First rational
+ * @param b Second rational
+ *
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - 0 if `a == b`
+ *         - 1 if `a > b`
+ *         - -1 if `a < b`
+ *         - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0`
+ */
+static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b){
+    const int64_t tmp= a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den;
+
+    if(tmp) return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den)>>63)|1;
+    else if(b.den && a.den) return 0;
+    else if(a.num && b.num) return (a.num>>31) - (b.num>>31);
+    else                    return INT_MIN;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`.
+ * @param a AVRational to convert
+ * @return `a` in floating-point form
+ * @see av_d2q()
+ */
+static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a){
+    return a.num / (double) a.den;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reduce a fraction.
+ *
+ * This is useful for framerate calculations.
+ *
+ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator
+ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator
+ * @param[in]      num Source numerator
+ * @param[in]      den Source denominator
+ * @param[in]      max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den`
+ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_reduce(int *dst_num, int *dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, int64_t max);
+
+/**
+ * Multiply two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b*c
+ */
+AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Divide one rational by another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b/c
+ */
+AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Add two rationals.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b+c
+ */
+AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Subtract one rational from another.
+ * @param b First rational
+ * @param c Second rational
+ * @return b-c
+ */
+AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Invert a rational.
+ * @param q value
+ * @return 1 / q
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q)
+{
+    AVRational r = { q.den, q.num };
+    return r;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational.
+ *
+ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or
+ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign.
+ *
+ * @param d   `double` to convert
+ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator
+ * @return `d` in AVRational form
+ * @see av_q2d()
+ */
+AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const;
+
+/**
+ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational.
+ *
+ * @param q     Rational to be compared against
+ * @param q1    Rational to be tested
+ * @param q2    Rational to be tested
+ * @return One of the following values:
+ *         - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2`
+ *         - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1`
+ *         - 0 if they have the same distance
+ */
+int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2);
+
+/**
+ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational.
+ *
+ * @param q      Reference rational
+ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}`
+ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array
+ */
+int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list);
+
+/**
+ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point
+ * format.
+ *
+ * @param q Rational to be converted
+ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit
+ *         integer.
+ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant.
+ */
+uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q);
+
+/**
+ * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it.
+ * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def.
+ */
+AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf0ca6e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/rc4.h
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/*
+ * RC4 encryption/decryption/pseudo-random number generator
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RC4_H
+#define AVUTIL_RC4_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_rc4 RC4
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVRC4 {
+    uint8_t state[256];
+    int x, y;
+} AVRC4;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRC4 context.
+ */
+AVRC4 *av_rc4_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Initializes an AVRC4 context.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context
+ * @param key buffer containig the key
+ * @param key_bits must be a multiple of 8
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, currently has no effect
+ * @return zero on success, negative value otherwise
+ */
+int av_rc4_init(struct AVRC4 *d, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @brief Encrypts / decrypts using the RC4 algorithm.
+ *
+ * @param d pointer to the AVRC4 context
+ * @param count number of bytes
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst, may be NULL
+ * @param iv not (yet) used for RC4, should be NULL
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption, not (yet) used
+ */
+void av_rc4_crypt(struct AVRC4 *d, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RC4_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b49bf1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/replaygain.h
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+#define AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * ReplayGain information (see
+ * http://wiki.hydrogenaudio.org/index.php?title=ReplayGain_1.0_specification).
+ * The size of this struct is a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVReplayGain {
+    /**
+     * Track replay gain in microbels (divide by 100000 to get the value in dB).
+     * Should be set to INT32_MIN when unknown.
+     */
+    int32_t track_gain;
+    /**
+     * Peak track amplitude, with 100000 representing full scale (but values
+     * may overflow). 0 when unknown.
+     */
+    uint32_t track_peak;
+    /**
+     * Same as track_gain, but for the whole album.
+     */
+    int32_t album_gain;
+    /**
+     * Same as track_peak, but for the whole album,
+     */
+    uint32_t album_peak;
+} AVReplayGain;
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_REPLAYGAIN_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9df9f90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/ripemd.h
@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_ripemd
+ * Public header for RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+#define AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ripemd RIPEMD
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * RIPEMD hash function implementation.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_ripemd_size;
+
+struct AVRIPEMD;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVRIPEMD context.
+ */
+struct AVRIPEMD *av_ripemd_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize RIPEMD hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_ripemd_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (128, 160, 256 or 320 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_ripemd_init(struct AVRIPEMD* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+void av_ripemd_update(struct AVRIPEMD* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_ripemd_final(struct AVRIPEMD* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_RIPEMD_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bad0e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_audio
+ * @{
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Audio sample formats
+ *
+ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order.
+ *   Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a signed
+ *   24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format.
+ *
+ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range
+ *   [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level.
+ *
+ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg
+ *   (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows:
+ *
+ * @par
+ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane,
+ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data
+ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data
+ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case,
+ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane.
+ *
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat {
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1,
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8,          ///< unsigned 8 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16,         ///< signed 16 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32,         ///< signed 32 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT,         ///< float
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL,         ///< double
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P,         ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P,        ///< signed 16 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P,        ///< signed 32 bits, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP,        ///< float, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP,        ///< double, planar
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64,         ///< signed 64 bits
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P,        ///< signed 64 bits, planar
+
+    AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB           ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking dynamically
+};
+
+/**
+ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not
+ * recognized.
+ */
+const char *av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE
+ * on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or
+ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the
+ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the
+ * input.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int planar);
+
+/**
+ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return  the packed alternative form of the given sample format or
+            AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format.
+ *
+ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is
+ * the same as the input.
+ *
+ * @return  the planar alternative form of the given sample format or
+            AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error.
+ */
+enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with
+ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative.
+ *
+ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string
+ * @param buf_size the size of buf
+ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the
+ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the
+ * corresponding header.
+ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is
+ * unknown or in case of other errors
+ */
+char *av_get_sample_fmt_string(char *buf, int buf_size, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Return number of bytes per sample.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format
+ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given
+ * sample format
+ */
+int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the sample format is planar.
+ *
+ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect
+ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved
+ */
+int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters.
+ *
+ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels   the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples    the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt    the sample format
+ * @param align         buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return              required buffer size, or negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int *linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                               enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ *
+ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation
+ *
+ * Functions that manipulate audio samples
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample
+ * format sample_fmt.
+ *
+ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes:
+ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer,
+ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only.
+ *
+ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each
+ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the
+ * buffer for all channels for packed layout.
+ *
+ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples
+ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size),
+ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    calculated linesize, may be NULL
+ * @param buf              the pointer to a buffer containing the samples
+ * @param nb_channels      the number of channels
+ * @param nb_samples       the number of samples in a single channel
+ * @param sample_fmt       the sample format
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return                 minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on success,
+ *                         or a negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize,
+                           const uint8_t *buf,
+                           int nb_channels, int nb_samples,
+                           enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and
+ * linesize accordingly.
+ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0])
+ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence.
+ *
+ * @see enum AVSampleFormat
+ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout.
+ *
+ * @param[out] audio_data  array to be filled with the pointer for each channel
+ * @param[out] linesize    aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL
+ * @param nb_channels      number of audio channels
+ * @param nb_samples       number of samples per channel
+ * @param sample_fmt       the sample format
+ * @param align            buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment)
+ * @return                 >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure
+ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next bump
+ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays()
+ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t **audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                     int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples
+ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly.
+ *
+ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data
+ * pointers array.
+ *
+ * @see av_samples_alloc()
+ */
+int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t ***audio_data, int *linesize, int nb_channels,
+                                       int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align);
+
+/**
+ * Copy samples from src to dst.
+ *
+ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst
+ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src
+ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_copy(uint8_t **dst, uint8_t * const *src, int dst_offset,
+                    int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels,
+                    enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * Fill an audio buffer with silence.
+ *
+ * @param audio_data  array of pointers to data planes
+ * @param offset      offset in samples at which to start filling
+ * @param nb_samples  number of samples to fill
+ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels
+ * @param sample_fmt  audio sample format
+ */
+int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t **audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples,
+                           int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e1220a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha.h
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha
+ * Public header for SHA-1 & SHA-256 hash function implementations.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha SHA
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-1 and SHA-256 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-1: 160 bits
+ * - SHA-224: 224 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ * - SHA-256: 256 bits, as a variant of SHA-2
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-384, SHA-512, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha512.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha_size;
+
+struct AVSHA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA *av_sha_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-1 or SHA-2 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (SHA-1 - 160 bits, SHA-2 224 or 256 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha_init(struct AVSHA* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param ctx     hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+void av_sha_update(struct AVSHA *ctx, const uint8_t *data, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha_final(struct AVSHA* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4a3f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/sha512.h
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (C) 2007 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ * Copyright (C) 2013 James Almer <jamrial@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_sha512
+ * Public header for SHA-512 implementation.
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+#define AVUTIL_SHA512_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_sha512 SHA-512
+ * @ingroup lavu_hash
+ * SHA-512 (Secure Hash Algorithm) hash function implementations.
+ *
+ * This module supports the following SHA-2 hash functions:
+ *
+ * - SHA-512/224: 224 bits
+ * - SHA-512/256: 256 bits
+ * - SHA-384: 384 bits
+ * - SHA-512: 512 bits
+ *
+ * @see For SHA-1, SHA-256, and variants thereof, see @ref lavu_sha.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_sha512_size;
+
+struct AVSHA512;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVSHA512 context.
+ */
+struct AVSHA512 *av_sha512_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize SHA-2 512 hashing.
+ *
+ * @param context pointer to the function context (of size av_sha512_size)
+ * @param bits    number of bits in digest (224, 256, 384 or 512 bits)
+ * @return        zero if initialization succeeded, -1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_sha512_init(struct AVSHA512* context, int bits);
+
+/**
+ * Update hash value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param data    input data to update hash with
+ * @param len     input data length
+ */
+void av_sha512_update(struct AVSHA512* context, const uint8_t* data, size_t len);
+
+/**
+ * Finish hashing and output digest value.
+ *
+ * @param context hash function context
+ * @param digest  buffer where output digest value is stored
+ */
+void av_sha512_final(struct AVSHA512* context, uint8_t *digest);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SHA512_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..828ac83
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/spherical.h
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_video_spherical
+ * Spherical video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+#define AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_spherical Spherical video mapping
+ * @ingroup lavu_video
+ *
+ * A spherical video file contains surfaces that need to be mapped onto a
+ * sphere. Depending on how the frame was converted, a different distortion
+ * transformation or surface recomposition function needs to be applied before
+ * the video should be mapped and displayed.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Projection of the video surface(s) on a sphere.
+ */
+enum AVSphericalProjection {
+    /**
+     * Video represents a sphere mapped on a flat surface using
+     * equirectangular projection.
+     */
+    AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR,
+
+    /**
+     * Video frame is split into 6 faces of a cube, and arranged on a
+     * 3x2 layout. Faces are oriented upwards for the front, left, right,
+     * and back faces. The up face is oriented so the top of the face is
+     * forwards and the down face is oriented so the top of the face is
+     * to the back.
+     */
+    AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP,
+
+    /**
+     * Video represents a portion of a sphere mapped on a flat surface
+     * using equirectangular projection. The @ref bounding fields indicate
+     * the position of the current video in a larger surface.
+     */
+    AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE,
+};
+
+/**
+ * This structure describes how to handle spherical videos, outlining
+ * information about projection, initial layout, and any other view modifier.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_spherical_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVSphericalMapping {
+    /**
+     * Projection type.
+     */
+    enum AVSphericalProjection projection;
+
+    /**
+     * @name Initial orientation
+     * @{
+     * There fields describe additional rotations applied to the sphere after
+     * the video frame is mapped onto it. The sphere is rotated around the
+     * viewer, who remains stationary. The order of transformation is always
+     * yaw, followed by pitch, and finally by roll.
+     *
+     * The coordinate system matches the one defined in OpenGL, where the
+     * forward vector (z) is coming out of screen, and it is equivalent to
+     * a rotation matrix of R = r_y(yaw) * r_x(pitch) * r_z(roll).
+     *
+     * A positive yaw rotates the portion of the sphere in front of the viewer
+     * toward their right. A positive pitch rotates the portion of the sphere
+     * in front of the viewer upwards. A positive roll tilts the portion of
+     * the sphere in front of the viewer to the viewer's right.
+     *
+     * These values are exported as 16.16 fixed point.
+     *
+     * See this equirectangular projection as example:
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *                   Yaw
+     *     -180           0           180
+     *   90 +-------------+-------------+  180
+     *      |             |             |                  up
+     * P    |             |             |                 y|    forward
+     * i    |             ^             |                  |   /z
+     * t  0 +-------------X-------------+    0 Roll        |  /
+     * c    |             |             |                  | /
+     * h    |             |             |                 0|/_____right
+     *      |             |             |                        x
+     *  -90 +-------------+-------------+ -180
+     *
+     * X - the default camera center
+     * ^ - the default up vector
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    int32_t yaw;   ///< Rotation around the up vector [-180, 180].
+    int32_t pitch; ///< Rotation around the right vector [-90, 90].
+    int32_t roll;  ///< Rotation around the forward vector [-180, 180].
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * @name Bounding rectangle
+     * @anchor bounding
+     * @{
+     * These fields indicate the location of the current tile, and where
+     * it should be mapped relative to the original surface. They are
+     * exported as 0.32 fixed point, and can be converted to classic
+     * pixel values with av_spherical_bounds().
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *      +----------------+----------+
+     *      |                |bound_top |
+     *      |            +--------+     |
+     *      | bound_left |tile    |     |
+     *      +<---------->|        |<--->+bound_right
+     *      |            +--------+     |
+     *      |                |          |
+     *      |    bound_bottom|          |
+     *      +----------------+----------+
+     * @endcode
+     *
+     * If needed, the original video surface dimensions can be derived
+     * by adding the current stream or frame size to the related bounds,
+     * like in the following example:
+     *
+     * @code{c}
+     *     original_width  = tile->width  + bound_left + bound_right;
+     *     original_height = tile->height + bound_top  + bound_bottom;
+     * @endcode
+     *
+     * @note These values are valid only for the tiled equirectangular
+     *       projection type (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_EQUIRECTANGULAR_TILE),
+     *       and should be ignored in all other cases.
+     */
+    uint32_t bound_left;   ///< Distance from the left edge
+    uint32_t bound_top;    ///< Distance from the top edge
+    uint32_t bound_right;  ///< Distance from the right edge
+    uint32_t bound_bottom; ///< Distance from the bottom edge
+    /**
+     * @}
+     */
+
+    /**
+     * Number of pixels to pad from the edge of each cube face.
+     *
+     * @note This value is valid for only for the cubemap projection type
+     *       (@ref AV_SPHERICAL_CUBEMAP), and should be ignored in all other
+     *       cases.
+     */
+    uint32_t padding;
+} AVSphericalMapping;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a AVSphericalVideo structure and initialize its fields to default
+ * values.
+ *
+ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure
+ */
+AVSphericalMapping *av_spherical_alloc(size_t *size);
+
+/**
+ * Convert the @ref bounding fields from an AVSphericalVideo
+ * from 0.32 fixed point to pixels.
+ *
+ * @param map    The AVSphericalVideo map to read bound values from.
+ * @param width  Width of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param height Height of the current frame or stream.
+ * @param left   Pixels from the left edge.
+ * @param top    Pixels from the top edge.
+ * @param right  Pixels from the right edge.
+ * @param bottom Pixels from the bottom edge.
+ */
+void av_spherical_tile_bounds(const AVSphericalMapping *map,
+                              size_t width, size_t height,
+                              size_t *left, size_t *top,
+                              size_t *right, size_t *bottom);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @param projection The input AVSphericalProjection.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the AVSphericalProjection, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_spherical_projection_name(enum AVSphericalProjection projection);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVSphericalProjection form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVSphericalProjection value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_spherical_from_name(const char *name);
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_SPHERICAL_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3aab959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/stereo3d.h
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2013 Vittorio Giovara <vittorio.giovara@gmail.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu_video_stereo3d
+ * Stereoscopic video
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+#define AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "frame.h"
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_video_stereo3d Stereo3D types and functions
+ * @ingroup lavu_video
+ *
+ * A stereoscopic video file consists in multiple views embedded in a single
+ * frame, usually describing two views of a scene. This file describes all
+ * possible codec-independent view arrangements.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+ * List of possible 3D Types
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DType {
+    /**
+     * Video is not stereoscopic (and metadata has to be there).
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_2D,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are next to each other.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LLLLRRRR
+     *    LLLLRRRR
+     *    LLLLRRRR
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are on top of each other.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    RRRRRRRR
+     *    RRRRRRRR
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_TOPBOTTOM,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are alternated temporally.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *     frame0   frame1   frame2   ...
+     *    LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+     *    LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+     *    LLLLLLLL RRRRRRRR LLLLLLLL
+     *    ...      ...      ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_FRAMESEQUENCE,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are packed in a checkerboard-like structure per pixel.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    RLRLRLRL
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_CHECKERBOARD,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are next to each other, but when upscaling
+     * apply a checkerboard pattern.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *     LLLLRRRR          L L L L    R R R R
+     *     LLLLRRRR    =>     L L L L  R R R R
+     *     LLLLRRRR          L L L L    R R R R
+     *     LLLLRRRR           L L L L  R R R R
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_SIDEBYSIDE_QUINCUNX,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are packed per line, as if interlaced.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    RRRRRRRR
+     *    LLLLLLLL
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_LINES,
+
+    /**
+     * Views are packed per column.
+     *
+     * @code{.unparsed}
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    LRLRLRLR
+     *    ...
+     * @endcode
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_COLUMNS,
+};
+
+/**
+ * List of possible view types.
+ */
+enum AVStereo3DView {
+    /**
+     * Frame contains two packed views.
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_PACKED,
+
+    /**
+     * Frame contains only the left view.
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_LEFT,
+
+    /**
+     * Frame contains only the right view.
+     */
+    AV_STEREO3D_VIEW_RIGHT,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Inverted views, Right/Bottom represents the left view.
+ */
+#define AV_STEREO3D_FLAG_INVERT     (1 << 0)
+
+/**
+ * Stereo 3D type: this structure describes how two videos are packed
+ * within a single video surface, with additional information as needed.
+ *
+ * @note The struct must be allocated with av_stereo3d_alloc() and
+ *       its size is not a part of the public ABI.
+ */
+typedef struct AVStereo3D {
+    /**
+     * How views are packed within the video.
+     */
+    enum AVStereo3DType type;
+
+    /**
+     * Additional information about the frame packing.
+     */
+    int flags;
+
+    /**
+     * Determines which views are packed.
+     */
+    enum AVStereo3DView view;
+} AVStereo3D;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVStereo3D structure and set its fields to default values.
+ * The resulting struct can be freed using av_freep().
+ *
+ * @return An AVStereo3D filled with default values or NULL on failure.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a complete AVFrameSideData and add it to the frame.
+ *
+ * @param frame The frame which side data is added to.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3D structure to be filled by caller.
+ */
+AVStereo3D *av_stereo3d_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame);
+
+/**
+ * Provide a human-readable name of a given stereo3d type.
+ *
+ * @param type The input stereo3d type value.
+ *
+ * @return The name of the stereo3d value, or "unknown".
+ */
+const char *av_stereo3d_type_name(unsigned int type);
+
+/**
+ * Get the AVStereo3DType form a human-readable name.
+ *
+ * @param name The input string.
+ *
+ * @return The AVStereo3DType value, or -1 if not found.
+ */
+int av_stereo3d_from_name(const char *name);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_STEREO3D_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd929bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the TEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Vesselin Bontchev
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_TEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil TEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_tea TEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+extern const int av_tea_size;
+
+struct AVTEA;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVTEA context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVTEA *av_tea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+ * @param rounds the number of rounds in TEA (64 is the "standard")
+ */
+void av_tea_init(struct AVTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16], int rounds);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_tea_crypt(struct AVTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+                  int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TEA_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42ce655
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/threadmessage.h
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+ * GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+ * along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+ * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+#define AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H
+
+typedef struct AVThreadMessageQueue AVThreadMessageQueue;
+
+typedef enum AVThreadMessageFlags {
+
+    /**
+     * Perform non-blocking operation.
+     * If this flag is set, send and recv operations are non-blocking and
+     * return AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately if they can not proceed.
+     */
+    AV_THREAD_MESSAGE_NONBLOCK = 1,
+
+} AVThreadMessageFlags;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate a new message queue.
+ *
+ * @param mq      pointer to the message queue
+ * @param nelem   maximum number of elements in the queue
+ * @param elsize  size of each element in the queue
+ * @return  >=0 for success; <0 for error, in particular AVERROR(ENOSYS) if
+ *          lavu was built without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_alloc(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq,
+                                  unsigned nelem,
+                                  unsigned elsize);
+
+/**
+ * Free a message queue.
+ *
+ * The message queue must no longer be in use by another thread.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_free(AVThreadMessageQueue **mq);
+
+/**
+ * Send a message on the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                 void *msg,
+                                 unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Receive a message from the queue.
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                 void *msg,
+                                 unsigned flags);
+
+/**
+ * Set the sending error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_send() will
+ * return it immediately. Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or
+ * AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used to cause the sending thread to stop or
+ * suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_send(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                          int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the receiving error code.
+ *
+ * If the error code is set to non-zero, av_thread_message_queue_recv() will
+ * return it immediately when there are no longer available messages.
+ * Conventional values, such as AVERROR_EOF or AVERROR(EAGAIN), can be used
+ * to cause the receiving thread to stop or suspend its operation.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_err_recv(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                          int err);
+
+/**
+ * Set the optional free message callback function which will be called if an
+ * operation is removing messages from the queue.
+ */
+void av_thread_message_queue_set_free_func(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq,
+                                           void (*free_func)(void *msg));
+
+/**
+ * Return the current number of messages in the queue.
+ *
+ * @return the current number of messages or AVERROR(ENOSYS) if lavu was built
+ *         without thread support
+ */
+int av_thread_message_queue_nb_elems(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+/**
+ * Flush the message queue
+ *
+ * This function is mostly equivalent to reading and free-ing every message
+ * except that it will be done in a single operation (no lock/unlock between
+ * reads).
+ */
+void av_thread_message_flush(AVThreadMessageQueue *mq);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_THREADMESSAGE_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dc169b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/time.h
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2000-2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIME_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIME_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime(void);
+
+/**
+ * Get the current time in microseconds since some unspecified starting point.
+ * On platforms that support it, the time comes from a monotonic clock
+ * This property makes this time source ideal for measuring relative time.
+ * The returned values may not be monotonic on platforms where a monotonic
+ * clock is not available.
+ */
+int64_t av_gettime_relative(void);
+
+/**
+ * Indicates with a boolean result if the av_gettime_relative() time source
+ * is monotonic.
+ */
+int av_gettime_relative_is_monotonic(void);
+
+/**
+ * Sleep for a period of time.  Although the duration is expressed in
+ * microseconds, the actual delay may be rounded to the precision of the
+ * system timer.
+ *
+ * @param  usec Number of microseconds to sleep.
+ * @return zero on success or (negative) error code.
+ */
+int av_usleep(unsigned usec);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIME_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..060574a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timecode.h
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2006 Smartjog S.A.S, Baptiste Coudurier <baptiste.coudurier@gmail.com>
+ * Copyright (c) 2011-2012 Smartjog S.A.S, Clément Bœsch <clement.boesch@smartjog.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * Timecode helpers header
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include "rational.h"
+
+#define AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE 23
+
+enum AVTimecodeFlag {
+    AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_DROPFRAME      = 1<<0, ///< timecode is drop frame
+    AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_24HOURSMAX     = 1<<1, ///< timecode wraps after 24 hours
+    AV_TIMECODE_FLAG_ALLOWNEGATIVE  = 1<<2, ///< negative time values are allowed
+};
+
+typedef struct {
+    int start;          ///< timecode frame start (first base frame number)
+    uint32_t flags;     ///< flags such as drop frame, +24 hours support, ...
+    AVRational rate;    ///< frame rate in rational form
+    unsigned fps;       ///< frame per second; must be consistent with the rate field
+} AVTimecode;
+
+/**
+ * Adjust frame number for NTSC drop frame time code.
+ *
+ * @param framenum frame number to adjust
+ * @param fps      frame per second, multiples of 30
+ * @return         adjusted frame number
+ * @warning        adjustment is only valid for multiples of NTSC 29.97
+ */
+int av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2(int framenum, int fps);
+
+/**
+ * Convert frame number to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
+ *
+ * @param tc       timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return         the SMPTE binary representation
+ *
+ * See SMPTE ST 314M-2005 Sec 4.4.2.2.1 "Time code pack (TC)"
+ * the format description as follows:
+ * bits 0-5:   hours, in BCD(6bits)
+ * bits 6:     BGF1
+ * bits 7:     BGF2 (NTSC) or FIELD (PAL)
+ * bits 8-14:  minutes, in BCD(7bits)
+ * bits 15:    BGF0 (NTSC) or BGF2 (PAL)
+ * bits 16-22: seconds, in BCD(7bits)
+ * bits 23:    FIELD (NTSC) or BGF0 (PAL)
+ * bits 24-29: frames, in BCD(6bits)
+ * bits 30:    drop  frame flag (0: non drop,    1: drop)
+ * bits 31:    color frame flag (0: unsync mode, 1: sync mode)
+ * @note BCD numbers (6 or 7 bits): 4 or 5 lower bits for units, 2 higher bits for tens.
+ * @note Frame number adjustment is automatically done in case of drop timecode,
+ *       you do NOT have to call av_timecode_adjust_ntsc_framenum2().
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ * @note Color frame (CF) and binary group flags (BGF) bits are set to zero.
+ */
+uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum(const AVTimecode *tc, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Convert sei info to SMPTE 12M binary representation.
+ *
+ * @param rate     frame rate in rational form
+ * @param drop     drop flag
+ * @param hh       hour
+ * @param mm       minute
+ * @param ss       second
+ * @param ff       frame number
+ * @return         the SMPTE binary representation
+ */
+uint32_t av_timecode_get_smpte(AVRational rate, int drop, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff);
+
+/**
+ * Load timecode string in buf.
+ *
+ * @param buf      destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc       timecode data correctly initialized
+ * @param framenum frame number
+ * @return         the buf parameter
+ *
+ * @note Timecode representation can be a negative timecode and have more than
+ *       24 hours, but will only be honored if the flags are correctly set.
+ * @note The frame number is relative to tc->start.
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_string(const AVTimecode *tc, char *buf, int framenum);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
+ *
+ * In contrast to av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string this function supports 50/60
+ * fps timecodes by using the field bit.
+ *
+ * @param buf        destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param rate       frame rate of the timecode
+ * @param tcsmpte    the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
+ * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
+ *                   is arbitrary
+ * @param skip_field prevent the use of a field flag when it is known the field
+ *                   bit is arbitrary (e.g. because it is used as PC flag)
+ * @return           the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string2(char *buf, AVRational rate, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df, int skip_field);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the SMPTE timecode format.
+ *
+ * @param buf        destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tcsmpte    the 32-bit SMPTE timecode
+ * @param prevent_df prevent the use of a drop flag when it is known the DF bit
+ *                   is arbitrary
+ * @return           the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_smpte_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tcsmpte, int prevent_df);
+
+/**
+ * Get the timecode string from the 25-bit timecode format (MPEG GOP format).
+ *
+ * @param buf     destination buffer, must be at least AV_TIMECODE_STR_SIZE long
+ * @param tc25bit the 25-bits timecode
+ * @return        the buf parameter
+ */
+char *av_timecode_make_mpeg_tc_string(char *buf, uint32_t tc25bit);
+
+/**
+ * Init a timecode struct with the passed parameters.
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx     a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ *                    is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
+ * @param tc          pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate        frame rate in rational form
+ * @param flags       miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
+ *                    (see AVTimecodeFlag)
+ * @param frame_start the first frame number
+ * @return            0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int frame_start, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Init a timecode struct from the passed timecode components.
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx     a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field
+ *                    is a pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log)
+ * @param tc          pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate        frame rate in rational form
+ * @param flags       miscellaneous flags such as drop frame, +24 hours, ...
+ *                    (see AVTimecodeFlag)
+ * @param hh          hours
+ * @param mm          minutes
+ * @param ss          seconds
+ * @param ff          frames
+ * @return            0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init_from_components(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, int flags, int hh, int mm, int ss, int ff, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Parse timecode representation (hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff).
+ *
+ * @param log_ctx a pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a
+ *                pointer to an AVClass struct (used for av_log).
+ * @param tc      pointer to an allocated AVTimecode
+ * @param rate    frame rate in rational form
+ * @param str     timecode string which will determine the frame start
+ * @return        0 on success, AVERROR otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_init_from_string(AVTimecode *tc, AVRational rate, const char *str, void *log_ctx);
+
+/**
+ * Check if the timecode feature is available for the given frame rate
+ *
+ * @return 0 if supported, <0 otherwise
+ */
+int av_timecode_check_frame_rate(AVRational rate);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMECODE_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e082f01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/timestamp.h
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * timestamp utils, mostly useful for debugging/logging purposes
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+#define AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H
+
+#include "common.h"
+
+#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS) && !defined(PRId64)
+#error missing -D__STDC_FORMAT_MACROS / #define __STDC_FORMAT_MACROS
+#endif
+
+#define AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_string(char *buf, int64_t ts)
+{
+    if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+    else                      snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%" PRId64, ts);
+    return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2str(ts) av_ts_make_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts)
+
+/**
+ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a timestamp time
+ * representation.
+ *
+ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE
+ * @param ts the timestamp to represent
+ * @param tb the timebase of the timestamp
+ * @return the buffer in input
+ */
+static inline char *av_ts_make_time_string(char *buf, int64_t ts, AVRational *tb)
+{
+    if (ts == AV_NOPTS_VALUE) snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "NOPTS");
+    else                      snprintf(buf, AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE, "%.6g", av_q2d(*tb) * ts);
+    return buf;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in
+ * function arguments but never stand-alone.
+ */
+#define av_ts2timestr(ts, tb) av_ts_make_time_string((char[AV_TS_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, ts, tb)
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TIMESTAMP_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bbb8fbb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tree.h
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * A tree container.
+ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TREE_H
+#define AVUTIL_TREE_H
+
+#include "attributes.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup lavu_tree AVTree
+ * @ingroup lavu_data
+ *
+ * Low-complexity tree container
+ *
+ * Insertion, removal, finding equal, largest which is smaller than and
+ * smallest which is larger than, all have O(log n) worst-case complexity.
+ * @{
+ */
+
+
+struct AVTreeNode;
+extern const int av_tree_node_size;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVTreeNode.
+ */
+struct AVTreeNode *av_tree_node_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Find an element.
+ * @param root a pointer to the root node of the tree
+ * @param next If next is not NULL, then next[0] will contain the previous
+ *             element and next[1] the next element. If either does not exist,
+ *             then the corresponding entry in next is unchanged.
+ * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree,
+ *            API identical to that of Standard C's qsort
+ *            It is guaranteed that the first and only the first argument to cmp()
+ *            will be the key parameter to av_tree_find(), thus it could if the
+ *            user wants, be a different type (like an opaque context).
+ * @return An element with cmp(key, elem) == 0 or NULL if no such element
+ *         exists in the tree.
+ */
+void *av_tree_find(const struct AVTreeNode *root, void *key,
+                   int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b), void *next[2]);
+
+/**
+ * Insert or remove an element.
+ *
+ * If *next is NULL, then the supplied element will be removed if it exists.
+ * If *next is non-NULL, then the supplied element will be inserted, unless
+ * it already exists in the tree.
+ *
+ * @param rootp A pointer to a pointer to the root node of the tree; note that
+ *              the root node can change during insertions, this is required
+ *              to keep the tree balanced.
+ * @param key  pointer to the element key to insert in the tree
+ * @param next Used to allocate and free AVTreeNodes. For insertion the user
+ *             must set it to an allocated and zeroed object of at least
+ *             av_tree_node_size bytes size. av_tree_insert() will set it to
+ *             NULL if it has been consumed.
+ *             For deleting elements *next is set to NULL by the user and
+ *             av_tree_insert() will set it to the AVTreeNode which was
+ *             used for the removed element.
+ *             This allows the use of flat arrays, which have
+ *             lower overhead compared to many malloced elements.
+ *             You might want to define a function like:
+ *             @code
+ *             void *tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ *                               int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b),
+ *                               AVTreeNode **next)
+ *             {
+ *                 if (!*next)
+ *                     *next = av_mallocz(av_tree_node_size);
+ *                 return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
+ *             }
+ *             void *tree_remove(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+ *                               int (*cmp)(void *key, const void *b, AVTreeNode **next))
+ *             {
+ *                 av_freep(next);
+ *                 return av_tree_insert(rootp, key, cmp, next);
+ *             }
+ *             @endcode
+ * @param cmp compare function used to compare elements in the tree, API identical
+ *            to that of Standard C's qsort
+ * @return If no insertion happened, the found element; if an insertion or
+ *         removal happened, then either key or NULL will be returned.
+ *         Which one it is depends on the tree state and the implementation. You
+ *         should make no assumptions that it's one or the other in the code.
+ */
+void *av_tree_insert(struct AVTreeNode **rootp, void *key,
+                     int (*cmp)(const void *key, const void *b),
+                     struct AVTreeNode **next);
+
+void av_tree_destroy(struct AVTreeNode *t);
+
+/**
+ * Apply enu(opaque, &elem) to all the elements in the tree in a given range.
+ *
+ * @param cmp a comparison function that returns < 0 for an element below the
+ *            range, > 0 for an element above the range and == 0 for an
+ *            element inside the range
+ *
+ * @note The cmp function should use the same ordering used to construct the
+ *       tree.
+ */
+void av_tree_enumerate(struct AVTreeNode *t, void *opaque,
+                       int (*cmp)(void *opaque, void *elem),
+                       int (*enu)(void *opaque, void *elem));
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TREE_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..67f359e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/twofish.h
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/*
+ * An implementation of the TwoFish algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2015 Supraja Meedinti
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
+#define AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+
+/**
+  * @file
+  * @brief Public header for libavutil TWOFISH algorithm
+  * @defgroup lavu_twofish TWOFISH
+  * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+  * @{
+  */
+
+extern const int av_twofish_size;
+
+struct AVTWOFISH;
+
+/**
+  * Allocate an AVTWOFISH context
+  * To free the struct: av_free(ptr)
+  */
+struct AVTWOFISH *av_twofish_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+  * Initialize an AVTWOFISH context.
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
+  * @param key a key of size ranging from 1 to 32 bytes used for encryption/decryption
+  * @param key_bits number of keybits: 128, 192, 256 If less than the required, padded with zeroes to nearest valid value; return value is 0 if key_bits is 128/192/256, -1 if less than 0, 1 otherwise
+ */
+int av_twofish_init(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, const uint8_t *key, int key_bits);
+
+/**
+  * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context
+  *
+  * @param ctx an AVTWOFISH context
+  * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+  * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+  * @param count number of 16 byte blocks
+  * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, NULL for ECB mode
+  * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_twofish_crypt(struct AVTWOFISH *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src, int count, uint8_t* iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TWOFISH_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..064edbc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/tx.h
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_TX_H
+#define AVUTIL_TX_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+typedef struct AVTXContext AVTXContext;
+
+typedef struct AVComplexFloat {
+    float re, im;
+} AVComplexFloat;
+
+typedef struct AVComplexDouble {
+    double re, im;
+} AVComplexDouble;
+
+typedef struct AVComplexInt32 {
+    int32_t re, im;
+} AVComplexInt32;
+
+enum AVTXType {
+    /**
+     * Standard complex to complex FFT with sample data type of AVComplexFloat,
+     * AVComplexDouble or AVComplexInt32, for each respective variant.
+     *
+     * Output is not 1/len normalized. Scaling currently unsupported.
+     * The stride parameter must be set to the size of a single sample in bytes.
+     */
+    AV_TX_FLOAT_FFT  = 0,
+    AV_TX_DOUBLE_FFT = 2,
+    AV_TX_INT32_FFT  = 4,
+
+    /**
+     * Standard MDCT with a sample data type of float, double or int32_t,
+     * respecively. For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is
+     * 'float', while for the double variant, it's 'double'.
+     * If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used as a default.
+     *
+     * Length is the frame size, not the window size (which is 2x frame).
+     * For forward transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each
+     * sample in the output array in bytes. The input must be a flat array.
+     *
+     * For inverse transforms, the stride specifies the spacing between each
+     * sample in the input array in bytes. The output must be a flat array.
+     *
+     * NOTE: the inverse transform is half-length, meaning the output will not
+     * contain redundant data. This is what most codecs work with. To do a full
+     * inverse transform, set the AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT flag on init.
+     */
+    AV_TX_FLOAT_MDCT  = 1,
+    AV_TX_DOUBLE_MDCT = 3,
+    AV_TX_INT32_MDCT  = 5,
+
+    /**
+     * Real to complex and complex to real DFTs.
+     * For the float and int32 variants, the scale type is 'float', while for
+     * the double variant, it's a 'double'. If scale is NULL, 1.0 will be used
+     * as a default.
+     *
+     * For forward transforms (R2C), stride must be the spacing between two
+     * samples in bytes. For inverse transforms, the stride must be set
+     * to the spacing between two complex values in bytes.
+     *
+     * The forward transform performs a real-to-complex DFT of N samples to
+     * N/2+1 complex values.
+     *
+     * The inverse transform performs a complex-to-real DFT of N/2+1 complex
+     * values to N real samples. The output is not normalized, but can be
+     * made so by setting the scale value to 1.0/len.
+     * NOTE: the inverse transform always overwrites the input.
+     */
+    AV_TX_FLOAT_RDFT  = 6,
+    AV_TX_DOUBLE_RDFT = 7,
+    AV_TX_INT32_RDFT  = 8,
+
+    /**
+     * Real to real (DCT) transforms.
+     *
+     * The forward transform is a DCT-II.
+     * The inverse transform is a DCT-III.
+     *
+     * The input array is always overwritten. DCT-III requires that the
+     * input be padded with 2 extra samples. Stride must be set to the
+     * spacing between two samples in bytes.
+     */
+    AV_TX_FLOAT_DCT  = 9,
+    AV_TX_DOUBLE_DCT = 10,
+    AV_TX_INT32_DCT  = 11,
+
+    /* Not part of the API, do not use */
+    AV_TX_NB,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Function pointer to a function to perform the transform.
+ *
+ * @note Using a different context than the one allocated during av_tx_init()
+ * is not allowed.
+ *
+ * @param s the transform context
+ * @param out the output array
+ * @param in the input array
+ * @param stride the input or output stride in bytes
+ *
+ * The out and in arrays must be aligned to the maximum required by the CPU
+ * architecture unless the AV_TX_UNALIGNED flag was set in av_tx_init().
+ * The stride must follow the constraints the transform type has specified.
+ */
+typedef void (*av_tx_fn)(AVTXContext *s, void *out, void *in, ptrdiff_t stride);
+
+/**
+ * Flags for av_tx_init()
+ */
+enum AVTXFlags {
+    /**
+     * Allows for in-place transformations, where input == output.
+     * May be unsupported or slower for some transform types.
+     */
+    AV_TX_INPLACE = 1ULL << 0,
+
+    /**
+     * Relaxes alignment requirement for the in and out arrays of av_tx_fn().
+     * May be slower with certain transform types.
+     */
+    AV_TX_UNALIGNED = 1ULL << 1,
+
+    /**
+     * Performs a full inverse MDCT rather than leaving out samples that can be
+     * derived through symmetry. Requires an output array of 'len' floats,
+     * rather than the usual 'len/2' floats.
+     * Ignored for all transforms but inverse MDCTs.
+     */
+    AV_TX_FULL_IMDCT = 1ULL << 2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Initialize a transform context with the given configuration
+ * (i)MDCTs with an odd length are currently not supported.
+ *
+ * @param ctx the context to allocate, will be NULL on error
+ * @param tx pointer to the transform function pointer to set
+ * @param type type the type of transform
+ * @param inv whether to do an inverse or a forward transform
+ * @param len the size of the transform in samples
+ * @param scale pointer to the value to scale the output if supported by type
+ * @param flags a bitmask of AVTXFlags or 0
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure
+ */
+int av_tx_init(AVTXContext **ctx, av_tx_fn *tx, enum AVTXType type,
+               int inv, int len, const void *scale, uint64_t flags);
+
+/**
+ * Frees a context and sets *ctx to NULL, does nothing when *ctx == NULL.
+ */
+void av_tx_uninit(AVTXContext **ctx);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_TX_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..748b7ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/uuid.h
@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2022 Pierre-Anthony Lemieux <pal@palemieux.com>
+ *                    Zane van Iperen <zane@zanevaniperen.com>
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * UUID parsing and serialization utilities.
+ * The library treats the UUID as an opaque sequence of 16 unsigned bytes,
+ * i.e. ignoring the internal layout of the UUID, which depends on the type
+ * of the UUID.
+ *
+ * @author Pierre-Anthony Lemieux <pal@palemieux.com>
+ * @author Zane van Iperen <zane@zanevaniperen.com>
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_UUID_H
+#define AVUTIL_UUID_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+#define AV_PRI_UUID                          \
+    "%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \
+    "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx"
+
+#define AV_PRI_URN_UUID                               \
+    "urn:uuid:%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-" \
+    "%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx-%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx%02hhx"
+
+/* AV_UUID_ARG() is used together with AV_PRI_UUID() or AV_PRI_URN_UUID
+ * to print UUIDs, e.g.
+ * av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_DEBUG, "UUID: " AV_PRI_UUID, AV_UUID_ARG(uuid));
+ */
+#define AV_UUID_ARG(x)                  \
+    (x)[ 0], (x)[ 1], (x)[ 2], (x)[ 3], \
+    (x)[ 4], (x)[ 5], (x)[ 6], (x)[ 7], \
+    (x)[ 8], (x)[ 9], (x)[10], (x)[11], \
+    (x)[12], (x)[13], (x)[14], (x)[15]
+
+#define AV_UUID_LEN 16
+
+/* Binary representation of a UUID */
+typedef uint8_t AVUUID[AV_UUID_LEN];
+
+/**
+ * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122
+ * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 37
+ * characters long, including the terminating NUL character.
+ *
+ * Example string representation: "2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696"
+ *
+ * @param[in]  in  String representation of a UUID,
+ *                 e.g. 2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696
+ * @param[out] uu  AVUUID
+ * @return         A non-zero value in case of an error.
+ */
+int av_uuid_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu);
+
+/**
+ * Parses a URN representation of a UUID, as specified at IETF RFC 4122,
+ * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive. The string must be 46
+ * characters long, including the terminating NUL character.
+ *
+ * Example string representation: "urn:uuid:2fceebd0-7017-433d-bafb-d073a7116696"
+ *
+ * @param[in]  in  URN UUID
+ * @param[out] uu  AVUUID
+ * @return         A non-zero value in case of an error.
+ */
+int av_uuid_urn_parse(const char *in, AVUUID uu);
+
+/**
+ * Parses a string representation of a UUID formatted according to IETF RFC 4122
+ * into an AVUUID. The parsing is case-insensitive.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  in_start Pointer to the first character of the string representation
+ * @param[in]  in_end   Pointer to the character after the last character of the
+ *                      string representation. That memory location is never
+ *                      accessed. It is an error if `in_end - in_start != 36`.
+ * @param[out] uu       AVUUID
+ * @return              A non-zero value in case of an error.
+ */
+int av_uuid_parse_range(const char *in_start, const char *in_end, AVUUID uu);
+
+/**
+ * Serializes a AVUUID into a string representation according to IETF RFC 4122.
+ * The string is lowercase and always 37 characters long, including the
+ * terminating NUL character.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  uu  AVUUID
+ * @param[out] out Pointer to an array of no less than 37 characters.
+ */
+void av_uuid_unparse(const AVUUID uu, char *out);
+
+/**
+ * Compares two UUIDs for equality.
+ *
+ * @param[in]  uu1  AVUUID
+ * @param[in]  uu2  AVUUID
+ * @return          Nonzero if uu1 and uu2 are identical, 0 otherwise
+ */
+static inline int av_uuid_equal(const AVUUID uu1, const AVUUID uu2)
+{
+    return memcmp(uu1, uu2, AV_UUID_LEN) == 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Copies the bytes of src into dest.
+ *
+ * @param[out]  dest  AVUUID
+ * @param[in]   src   AVUUID
+ */
+static inline void av_uuid_copy(AVUUID dest, const AVUUID src)
+{
+    memcpy(dest, src, AV_UUID_LEN);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets a UUID to the nil UUID, i.e. a UUID with have all
+ * its 128 bits set to zero.
+ *
+ * @param[in,out]  uu  UUID to be set to the nil UUID
+ */
+static inline void av_uuid_nil(AVUUID uu)
+{
+    memset(uu, 0, AV_UUID_LEN);
+}
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_UUID_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b616ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/version.h
@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @ingroup lavu
+ * Libavutil version macros
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H
+
+#include "macros.h"
+
+/**
+ * @addtogroup version_utils
+ *
+ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain
+ * backward compatibility.
+ *
+ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to
+ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/)
+ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg
+ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100.
+ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master.
+ *
+ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to
+ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts.
+ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy
+ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch.
+ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100
+ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new
+ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib
+ * versions.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a)<<16 | (b)<<8 | (c))
+#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a ##.## b ##.## c
+#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c)
+
+/**
+ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned
+ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version()
+ */
+#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16)
+#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a) & 0x00FF00) >> 8)
+#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a) & 0xFF)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics
+ *
+ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime
+ * which version of libavutil is in use.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR  57
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR  43
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT   AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, \
+                                               LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \
+                                               LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION       AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR,     \
+                                           LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR,     \
+                                           LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO)
+#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD         LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT
+
+#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT         "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION)
+
+/**
+ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards
+ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be
+ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of
+ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time.
+ *
+ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually
+ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all
+ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change.
+ *
+ * @{
+ */
+
+#define FF_API_D2STR                    (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED          (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME          (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY         (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_FIFO_PEEK2               (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_FIFO_OLD_API             (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_XVMC                     (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_OLD_CHANNEL_LAYOUT       (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_AV_FOPEN_UTF8            (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+#define FF_API_PKT_DURATION             (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58)
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc0c3bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/video_enc_params.h
@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+/*
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H
+#define AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#include "libavutil/avassert.h"
+#include "libavutil/frame.h"
+
+enum AVVideoEncParamsType {
+    AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_NONE = -1,
+    /**
+     * VP9 stores:
+     * - per-frame base (luma AC) quantizer index, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp
+     * - deltas for luma DC, chroma AC and chroma DC, exported in the
+     *   corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp
+     * - per-segment delta, exported as for each block as AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp
+     *
+     * To compute the resulting quantizer index for a block:
+     * - for luma AC, add the base qp and the per-block delta_qp, saturating to
+     *   unsigned 8-bit.
+     * - for luma DC and chroma AC/DC, add the corresponding
+     *   AVVideoBlockParams.delta_qp to the luma AC index, again saturating to
+     *   unsigned 8-bit.
+     */
+    AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_VP9,
+
+    /**
+     * H.264 stores:
+     * - in PPS (per-picture):
+     *   * initial QP_Y (luma) value, exported as AVVideoEncParams.qp
+     *   * delta(s) for chroma QP values (same for both, or each separately),
+     *     exported as in the corresponding entries in AVVideoEncParams.delta_qp
+     * - per-slice QP delta, not exported directly, added to the per-MB value
+     * - per-MB delta; not exported directly; the final per-MB quantizer
+     *   parameter - QP_Y - minus the value in AVVideoEncParams.qp is exported
+     *   as AVVideoBlockParams.qp_delta.
+     */
+    AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H264,
+
+    /*
+     * MPEG-2-compatible quantizer.
+     *
+     * Summing the frame-level qp with the per-block delta_qp gives the
+     * resulting quantizer for the block.
+     */
+    AV_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_MPEG2,
+};
+
+/**
+ * Video encoding parameters for a given frame. This struct is allocated along
+ * with an optional array of per-block AVVideoBlockParams descriptors.
+ * Must be allocated with av_video_enc_params_alloc().
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideoEncParams {
+    /**
+     * Number of blocks in the array.
+     *
+     * May be 0, in which case no per-block information is present. In this case
+     * the values of blocks_offset / block_size are unspecified and should not
+     * be accessed.
+     */
+    unsigned int nb_blocks;
+    /**
+     * Offset in bytes from the beginning of this structure at which the array
+     * of blocks starts.
+     */
+    size_t blocks_offset;
+    /*
+     * Size of each block in bytes. May not match sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams).
+     */
+    size_t block_size;
+
+    /**
+     * Type of the parameters (the codec they are used with).
+     */
+    enum AVVideoEncParamsType type;
+
+    /**
+     * Base quantisation parameter for the frame. The final quantiser for a
+     * given block in a given plane is obtained from this value, possibly
+     * combined with {@code delta_qp} and the per-block delta in a manner
+     * documented for each type.
+     */
+    int32_t qp;
+
+    /**
+     * Quantisation parameter offset from the base (per-frame) qp for a given
+     * plane (first index) and AC/DC coefficients (second index).
+     */
+    int32_t delta_qp[4][2];
+} AVVideoEncParams;
+
+/**
+ * Data structure for storing block-level encoding information.
+ * It is allocated as a part of AVVideoEncParams and should be retrieved with
+ * av_video_enc_params_block().
+ *
+ * sizeof(AVVideoBlockParams) is not a part of the ABI and new fields may be
+ * added to it.
+ */
+typedef struct AVVideoBlockParams {
+    /**
+     * Distance in luma pixels from the top-left corner of the visible frame
+     * to the top-left corner of the block.
+     * Can be negative if top/right padding is present on the coded frame.
+     */
+    int src_x, src_y;
+    /**
+     * Width and height of the block in luma pixels.
+     */
+    int w, h;
+
+    /**
+     * Difference between this block's final quantization parameter and the
+     * corresponding per-frame value.
+     */
+    int32_t delta_qp;
+} AVVideoBlockParams;
+
+/*
+ * Get the block at the specified {@code idx}. Must be between 0 and nb_blocks.
+ */
+static av_always_inline AVVideoBlockParams*
+av_video_enc_params_block(AVVideoEncParams *par, unsigned int idx)
+{
+    av_assert0(idx < par->nb_blocks);
+    return (AVVideoBlockParams *)((uint8_t *)par + par->blocks_offset +
+                                  idx * par->block_size);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVVideoEncParams of the given type, plus an array of
+ * {@code nb_blocks} AVVideoBlockParams and initializes the variables. Can be
+ * freed with a normal av_free() call.
+ *
+ * @param out_size if non-NULL, the size in bytes of the resulting data array is
+ * written here.
+ */
+AVVideoEncParams *av_video_enc_params_alloc(enum AVVideoEncParamsType type,
+                                            unsigned int nb_blocks, size_t *out_size);
+
+/**
+ * Allocates memory for AVEncodeInfoFrame plus an array of
+ * {@code nb_blocks} AVEncodeInfoBlock in the given AVFrame {@code frame}
+ * as AVFrameSideData of type AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS
+ * and initializes the variables.
+ */
+AVVideoEncParams*
+av_video_enc_params_create_side_data(AVFrame *frame, enum AVVideoEncParamsType type,
+                                     unsigned int nb_blocks);
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS_H */
diff --git a/dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h b/dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..735427c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/dependencies/include/libavutil/xtea.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+/*
+ * A 32-bit implementation of the XTEA algorithm
+ * Copyright (c) 2012 Samuel Pitoiset
+ *
+ * This file is part of FFmpeg.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+#ifndef AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+#define AVUTIL_XTEA_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/**
+ * @file
+ * @brief Public header for libavutil XTEA algorithm
+ * @defgroup lavu_xtea XTEA
+ * @ingroup lavu_crypto
+ * @{
+ */
+
+typedef struct AVXTEA {
+    uint32_t key[16];
+} AVXTEA;
+
+/**
+ * Allocate an AVXTEA context.
+ */
+AVXTEA *av_xtea_alloc(void);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
+ *            interpreted as big endian 32 bit numbers
+ */
+void av_xtea_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Initialize an AVXTEA context.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param key a key of 16 bytes used for encryption/decryption,
+ *            interpreted as little endian 32 bit numbers
+ */
+void av_xtea_le_init(struct AVXTEA *ctx, const uint8_t key[16]);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
+ * in big endian format.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+                   int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * Encrypt or decrypt a buffer using a previously initialized context,
+ * in little endian format.
+ *
+ * @param ctx an AVXTEA context
+ * @param dst destination array, can be equal to src
+ * @param src source array, can be equal to dst
+ * @param count number of 8 byte blocks
+ * @param iv initialization vector for CBC mode, if NULL then ECB will be used
+ * @param decrypt 0 for encryption, 1 for decryption
+ */
+void av_xtea_le_crypt(struct AVXTEA *ctx, uint8_t *dst, const uint8_t *src,
+                      int count, uint8_t *iv, int decrypt);
+
+/**
+ * @}
+ */
+
+#endif /* AVUTIL_XTEA_H */